EPA/600/R-WG49
                                                                   June

                   Thn:e Dimensional Hydrodynamic Modd
             for Stratified Flows in Lakes and Eslitaries (HYDRO3D):
                  Theory. User Guidance, and Applications for
                  Superfund and Ecological Risk Assessments

                                   by

Y. Peter Sheng, Ph,D,'? Mansour Zakikhani, Ph.D.2. Steven C, McCutcheon, Ph.D., P.E.'

                           with contributions by

                  7,. TFosseiniptmr, Ph.D,2 and Pei-Fang Wangf Ph.D,1

                          Donald Eliason, Ph.D,!

                Douglas S- Hexui4 and Stephen F, Paiker, Ph.D.4

                     Earl Hayter, Ph.D.' and Phyllis KohIJ

                           'University of Florida
                         Gainesville, FJIorida 32611

                             3AScI Corporation
                          Athens, Georgia 30613

                       1Ecosystems Research Division
                          Athens, Georgia 30605

              4Aeronautica! Research Associates of Princeton, Inc,
                        Princeton, New Jersey 08540

                           5Clemson University
                                           wf
                              j South Carolina 29634
                   ECOSYSTEMS RESEARCH DIVISION
            NATIONAL EXPOSURE RESEARCH LABORATORY
               OFFICE OE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
              U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                       ATPIENS, GEORGIA  30605

-------
                               DISCLAIMER.
     The information in this document has been funded wholly or in part
by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under Cooperative Agreement
Number CR-814345-01-0 with the University of Florida.  It has been subject
to the Agency's peer and administrative review, and it has been approved
for publication as an EPA document.  Mention of trade names or commercial
products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
                                         ii

-------
                                     FOREWORD

       As environmental controls become more costly to implement and the penalties of
judgment errors become more severe, environmental quality management requires more efficient
analytical tools based on greater knowledge of the phenomena to be managed.  As part of this
Division's research on the occurrence, movement, transformation, impact, and control of
environmental contaminants, the Processes and Modeling Branch develops management or
engineering tools to help pollution control officials address environmental problems.

       In assessing ecological risk, models are needed to simulate the effects of complex
reversing flows in lakes, harbors, coastal areas, and estuaries and to determine where chemicals
are transported to in surface waters and where contaminated sediments accumulate. HYDR03D
is a dynamic modeling system that can be used to simulate currents in water bodies as they
respond to tides, winds, density gradients, river flows, and basin geometry and bathymetry.
                                       Rosemarie C. Russo, Ph.D.
                                       Director
                                       Ecosystems Research Division
                                       Athens, Georgia
                                         in

-------
                                   ABSTRACT
      Increasing demands for maintaining the quality of stratified surface
waters at reasonable levels have required the development of three-dimensional
hydrodynamic models.  To meet these needs, the HYDR03D program has been
documented to aid in the simulation of lakes, harbors, coastal areas, and
estuaries.

      HYDR03D is a dynamic modeling system that can be used to simulate
currents in water bodies as they respond to tides, winds, density gradients,
river flows, and basin geometry and bathymetry. The code is a three-
dimensional, time-dependent, a-stretched coordinate, free surface model that
can be run in fully three-dimensional (3-D) mode, two-dimensional vertically-
averaged (x-y), and two-dimensional laterally-averaged x-z mode.

      The prognostic variables are the three components (x-y-z) of the
velocity field, temperature, and salinity.  The governing equations together
with their initial and boundary conditions are solved by finite difference
techniques.  A horizontally and vertically staggered lattice of grid points is
used for computation.  The code solves for steady-state or the time-dependent
water surface displacement, vertically-integrated velocities,  3-D velocities,
temperature, salinity,  and dissolved species concentrations.  The vertical
turbulence parameterization schemes include constant eddy viscosity, variable
eddy viscosities (Munk-Anderson type), and a simplified version of a second-
order closure model.

      The applications  provided here demonstrated that the model  is capable of
realistic simulation of flow and salinity transport in complex and dynamic
water bodies.  These applications include simulations of tidal circulation and
salinity transport in Suisun Bay, California and, Charlotte Harbor, Florida
and; wind-forced circulation in Green Bay, Lake Michigan.   Tidal  circulation
in Prince William Sound,  Alaska was investigated to determine  the feasibility
of applying the model under emergency conditions.  Finally, the calibration of
the model for the Mississippi Sound is illustrated.

      HYDR03D is a far-field model that like any other computer code, has
limitations.  The present version does not contain a flooding  and drying
scheme.   Near field effects of cooling water discharges,  diffusers, other
jets, and reservoir withdrawal cannot be adequately simulated.   In addition,
short-period waves are  not included in the model.

      The information provided in this manual,  along with the  complete program
listing which will be provided separately, should be sufficient for the user
to operate the code. However,  a successful model simulation of HYDR03D
requires sufficient data  and familiarity with the code.   The documentation

                                      iv

-------
provides a brief review of the theory and structure of the program.   Data
requirements are noted and example applications demonstrates  uses of the
program.

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                   CONTENTS

DISCLAIMER	   ii

FOREWORD	  iii

ABSTRACT	   iv

LIST OF FIGURES	   ix

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS  .... 	 ......  xiv

PREFACE	xviii

1.0   INTRODUCTION  	    1
      1.1   PROGRAMATIC NEEDS FOR MODELS TO SIMULATE STRATIFIED FLOWS .  .    1
      1.2   USE OF HYDRODYNAMIC MODELS BY TECHNICAL EXPERTS AND MANAGERS
            AND HOW THIS MANUAL MAY BE OF ASSISTANCE	    4
      1.3  SCREENING LEVEL SIMULATIONS  	    6
      1.4  CALIBRATION AND VALIDATION	    7
      1.5  DATA REQUIREMENTS	    8

2.0   MODELING SYSTEM	    9
      2.1  OVERVIEW OF THE MODELING SYSTEM  .	   12
      2,2  MODEL FORMULATION  	   13
            2.2.1  Governing Equations	  .   13
            2.2.2  Grid System	   17
            2.2.3  NQn-Dimensionalization of the Governing Equations  .  .   19
            2.2.4  DimensionlessEquationsin Stretched Coordinates ...   23
            2.2.5  Vertically Integrated Equations  	   25
            2.2.6  VerticalVelocities  	   26
      2.3  BOUNDARY AND INITIAL CONDITIONS	   26
            2.3.1  Vertical Boundary Conditions  	  .  .   26
            2.3.2  Lateral Boundary Conditions  	   27
            2.3.3  InitialConditions 	  .....   29
      2.4  NUMERICAL SOLUTION ALGORITHM .......  	   29
            2.4.1  External Mode	   29
            2.4.2  Internal Mode	   32
      2.5  TURBULENCE CLOSURE	   34
            2.5.1  Constant Eddy Coefficients	   34
            2.5.2  Hunk-Anderson Type Eddy Coefficients	   35
            2.5.3  A Simplified Second-Order Closure Model  	   37
      2.6  GRID LAYOUT	   40
            2.6.1  Staggered Grid	   40
            2.6.2  Grid Index	   42
      2.7  FLOW CHARTS	   42

                                      vi

-------
                             CONTENTS  - continued

 3,0   USER'S MANUAL	   49
      3.1  INTRODUCTION	   49
      3.2  DATA REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROGRAM	   49
      3.3  INPUT DATA DESCRIPTION	   52
      3.4  MODEL OUTPUT	   65
      4.1  COMPARISON WITH A ONE-DIMENSIONAL ANALYTICAL SOLUTION   ....   69
      4.2  SUISUN BAY. CALIFORNIA	  .   72
            4.2.1  Physical Setting	   72
            4.2,2  CirculationPatterns 	   73
            4.2,3  Modeling 3-D Circulation in Suisun Bay  .	   77
            4.2.4  Results	   81
      4.3  CHARLOTTE HARBOR^ FLORIDA	   90
            4.3.1  Physical Setting 	 .....   90
            4.3.2  Circulation in  CharlotteJHarbor	  .   93
            4.3.3  Modeling 3-D Circulationin Charlotte Harbor 	   93
            4.3.4  Results  .....   	   99
      4.4  GREEN BAY. LAKE MICHIGAN	115
            4.4.1  Physical Setting	115
            4.4.2  Two-Jimensional Simulation of Flow	116
            4.4.3  3-D Simulation  of Flow	124
      4.5  PRINCE WILLIAM SOUND,ALASKA 	  130
            4.5.1  Physical Setting 	  130
            4.5.2.  Modeling Parameters ... 	  134
            4.5.3  Results	134
            4.5.4.  Discussion	  140
      4.6  CURRENTS IN MISSISSIPPISOUND  	  146
            4.6.1  Physical Setting	,	146
            4.6.2  Circulation in Mississippi Sound 	  ......  146
            4.6.3  Results	148
                  4.6.3.1  Tidal Simulation 	  148
                  4.6.3.2  Wind-effect on Tidal-Driven Currents .....  153

 5.0  HYDR03D PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE	 148
      5.1  OVERVIEW	156
      5.2  HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS 	  156
      5.3  INSTALLATIONANDIMPLEMENTATION  	  156
      5.4  DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPUTER PROGRAM	  .  156
      5.5  SUBROUTINE DESCRIPTIONS	159
      5.6  INPUT/OUTPUT UNITS 	  163

 6.0   CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS   	  165

 REFERENCES	167

 APPENDIX A	174

APPENDIX B	175
                                     VII

-------
                             CONTENTS - continued




APPENDIX C	177




APPENDIX D  ........ 	  .   178
                                    viii

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                LIST OF FIGURES
Figure                                                               Page

 1    Cartesian coordinates at the nominal water surface 	  16

 2    Vertical stretching of the coordinates 	  18

 3    Lateral stretching of the coordinates, ... 	  20

 4    (a) Empirical stability functions of vertical
      turbulent eddy coefficients
      (b) Stability functions determined from a second
      order closure model of turbulent transport 	  .  39

 5    Staggered numerical grid 	  41

 6    Grid indices NS and MS	43

 7    Flow chart of the main program EHSMML	44

 8    Flow chart of the hydrodynamic subroutine EHSMHC 	  45

 9    Flow chart of the external mode subroutine EHSMEX	46

10    Flow chart of the internal mode subroutine EHSMB3	  47

11    Flow chart of the internal mode subroutine EHSMB4.	48

12    Water surface elevation and current velocity at x=5 km
      (solid lines; analytical solution; dashed lines;
      numerical solutions) 	 ......  	  70

13    Water surface elevation and current velocity at x=25 km
      (solid lines; analytical solutions; dashed lines;
      numerical solutions) 	  ....  71

14    Map of San Francisco Bay estuarine system	74

15    Map of Suisun Bay region and the location of current-meter
      moorings, tide stations,  and a USGS weather station	75

16    Three-dimensional plot of the Suisun Bay bathymetry when
      viewed from (a) the southwest and (b)  the southeast	76
                                      ix

-------
 17    Time histories of surface elevation and depth-averaged
      velocity components at  (a) C26,  (b) C27,  (c) C28,  (d) C30,
      (e) C239 and  (f) the left boundary during a 5-day model
      simulation of tidal circulation  in Suisun Bay 	 78-80

 18    Time histories of salinity at 3 vertical levels near-bottom,
      mid-depth and near-surface at C26, C27, C28, C30, C239
      and the left  boundary during a 5-day model simulation of
      tidal circulation in Suisun Bay	83

 19    Tide- and salinity-driven currents in Suisun Bay near
      the bottom (a - -0.9) and near the surface (o = -0.1)
      at 96 hours	84

 20    Tide- and salinity-driven currents in Suisun Bay near      ;
      the bottom (cr - -0,1) and near the surface (cr «= -0.1)      !i
      at 108 hours  .	85

 21    Tide- and salinity-driven currents in Suisun Bay near
      the bottom (a - 0,9) and near the surface (a - -0.1)
      at 120 hours	86

 22    Salinity distribution in Suisun Bay near the bottom
      (u — -0,9) and near the surface at 96 hours	87

 23    Salinity distribution in Suisun Bay near the bottom
      (a «• -0.9) and near the surface at 108 hours	88

 24    Salinity distribution in Suisun Bay near the bottom
      (a = -0.9) and near the surface at 120 hours	89

 25    Map of Charlotte Harbor Estuarine System	,91

 26    Map of Northern Charlotte Harbor with locations  of
      water quality/current meter stations during the  June
      and July 1982 study	92

27    Tidal stage at Burnt Store Marine during July 20 to
      July 22, 1982	,	,	94

28    Discharge of Peace River during June 1 to July 30,  1982 .... 95

29    Initial 3-D velocity field in Charlotte Harbor for  model
      simulation to June 25 to June 28, 1982.  ............ 97

30    Initial salinity field in Charlotte  Harbor for June 25,  1982.  . 98

31    Time histories of water level,  surface currents,  bottom
      currents,  surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      10 during the 3-day model simulation period 	  . 100

-------
 32    Time histories of water level, surface currents, bottom
      currents, surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      7 during the 3-day model simulation period	101

 33    Time histories of water level, surface currents, bottom
      currents, surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      22 during the 3-day model simulation period 	 102

 34    Time histories of water level, surface currents, bottom
      currents, surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      19 during the 3-day model simulation period 	 103
35    Computed 3-D velocity field in Charlotte Harbor after
      24 hours of model simulation	104

36    Computed salinity field in Charlotte Harbor after 24
      hours of model simulation	105

37    Computed 3-D velocity field in Charlotte Harbor after
      72 hours of model simulation.	106

38    Computed Salinity field in Charlotte Harbor after 72
      hours of model simulation	107

39    Vertical salinity profiles at Stations 7, 22,  15 and 19
      in Charlotte Harbor after 72 hours of model simulation. .... 108

40    Computed 3-D velocity field in Charlotte Harbor after 48
      hours of model simulation with 1/2-km grid	109

41    Computed salinity field in Charlotte Harbor after 48 hours
      of model simulation with 1/2-km grid	110

42    Time histories of water level, surface currents, bottom
      currents, surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      7 during the 2-day model simulation period	Ill

43    Time histories of water level, surface currents, bottom
      currents, surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      22 during the 2-day period	112

44    Time histories of water level, surface currents, bottom
      currents, surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      19 during the 2-day model simulation period 	 113

45    Time histories of water level, surface currents, bottom
      currents, surface salinity and bottom salinity at Station
      10 during the 2-day model simulation period .  .  	 114

46    Map of Green Bay showing relation to Lake Michigan and other
      Great Lakes	117

                                      xi

-------
47    Three-dimensional plot of Green Bay bathymetry	118

48    Grid network of Green Bay	 119

49    Measured water surface elevation at the mouth of Green Bay
      and at Green Bay city during September, 1969	 120

50    Measured water surface elevation at the mouth of Green Bay
      and at Green Bay city during October, 1969	121

51    Simulated circulation in Green Bay using October 1969
      data (54 hours from at the at-rest)	122


52    Simulated circulation in Green Bay using October, 1969 dataS
      (114 hours from the at-rest)	  , 123

53    Measured and calculated water surface elevation at Green Bay
      mouth near Green Bay city during September 17-20, 1969	125

54    Measured and calculated water surface elevation at Green Bay
      mouth near Green Bay city during October 8-12, 1969 	  . 126

55    Water surface elevation in Green Bay after 40 hours ...... 128

56    3-D vertically averaged currents in Green Bay after 40 hours.  . 129

57    3-D simulation of currents in Green Bay (near the surface
      layer)	.131

58    3-D simulation of currents in Green Bay (near the bottom
      layer)	 132

59    Map of Prince William Sound, Alaska 	 133

60    Coarse grid of Prince William Sound,  Alaska 	 135

61    Fine grid of Prince William Sound,  Alaska	 136

62    2-D vertically averaged of currents in Prince William Sound
      using coarse grid (1 hour after simulation)	 137

63    2-D vertically averaged of currents in Prince William Sound
      using coarse grid (2 hours after simulation)	138

64    2-D vertically averaged of currents in Prince William Sound
      using coarse grid (3 hours after simulation)	139

65    3-D simulation of currents in Prince  William Sound using
      coarse grid (1 hour after simulation)	141
                                     xii

-------
66    3-D simulation of currents in Prince William Sound using
      coarse grid (2 hours after simulation)  ...... 	 142

67    3-D simulation of currents in Prince William Sound using
      coarse grid (3 hours after simulation)  	 143

68    2-D vertically averaged of currents in Prince William Sound
      using fine grid (2 hours after simulation)	144

69    2-D vertically averaged of currents in Prince William Sound
      using fine grid (3 hours after simulation)	 . 145

70    Lateral Numerical Grid Used for Dynamic Simulation of Coastal
      Currents Within the Mississippi Coastal Waters  ........ 147

71    Transient Variation of Surface Displacements at Four Stations
      Within the Mississippi Sound from 9/20/80 to 9/25/80	149

72    Surface Displacement Contours Within the Mississippi Coastal
      Waters at 0 hr.,  9/23/80	150

73    Transient Variation of Mid-depth Velocities at Two Stations
      Within the Mississippi from 9/20/80 to 9/25/80	151

74    Horizontal Velocity Field at 0 hr and 1 m depth,  9/23/80.  ... 152

75    Influence of Wind on Surface Displacement at Two  Stations
      from 9/20/80 to 9/24/80	154

76    Influence of wind on mid-depth horizontal velocities at
      two stations from 9/20/80 to 9/24/80	155

77    Operational chart of the HYDR03D model	158

78    Steady-state wind-driven currents in an enclosed  square basin
      of 50 km on each  side;  linearly varying bottom from 3m
      (South and North/to 10 m (at center) .	179

79    Three-dimensional simulation of wind-driven currents in an
      enclosed basin; results are for three  grid points  of
      (2,6),  (6,6) and  (10,6)	  .  180
                                     xiii

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
      The development of a complex hydrodynamics model is an effort that
 extends over a number of years and involves the cooperative efforts of many
 individuals and groups.  However, these models are not developed to a
 practical level without the long-term commitment and intensive effort of at
 least one person dedicated to the creation of a useful simulation tool.  In
 the case of the HYDR03D (or EHSM3D) model described in this report, that
 individual is Dr. Peter Sheng.  Dr. Sheng began the development of:, state-of-
 the-art studies at Case Western Reserve University between 1969 and 1975.  A
 precursor of the HYDR03D model was developed for the simulation of lake,
 estuarine and coastal circulation (Sheng et al. 1978, Sheng and Lick, 1980).
 During his post-doctoral research Dr. Sheng developed a sediment transport
 model (Sheng and Lick 1979, Sheng 1980) which was driven by the precursor of
 EHSM3D to provide current information and a wave model to provide wave
 information.  These earlier works are still widely cited as the appropriate
 framework for analyzing hydrodynamic and sediment transport problems in lakes.
 During these landmark studies, Dr. Sheng recognized the need to develop better
 hydrodynamic models which can resolve turbulent mixing and the effects of
 complex geometry and bathymetry in a more rigorous fashion.  During his
 employment with Aeronautical Research Associates of Princeton, Dr.  Sheng was
 able to significantly improve the hydrodynamic and sediment transport models
 through several research projects.

      Among the important projects were those with the U.S. Army Engineer
 Coastal Engineering Research Center (CERC) and the Hydraulics Laboratory (HL)
 at the Waterways Experiment Station (WES).  Dr. Sheng developed an updated
 version of the original hydrodynamic and sediment transport models (Sheng,
 1983; Sheng and Butler, 1982), with the cooperation of Lee Butler and others
 at WES.   This version was used in several studies in coastal and estuarine
 waters,  e.g.,  the Mississippi Sound and the adjacent shelf in Gulf of Mexico,
 Humboldt Bay,  and Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbor.   The Mississippi Sound study
 (Sheng,  1983)  was particularly interesting because it included the modeling of
 tidal and wind-driven circulation, modeling of waves,  modeling of sediment
 transport, and field and laboratory sediment measurements.   The model
 resulting from this study was notable for the use of a simplified second order
 turbulence closure technique and a variable grid.   Cooperative efforts between
 Peter Sheng and the engineers at WES eventually produced a curvilinear grid
 model (Sheng 1986a; Sheng 1987) that is similar to HYDR03D,   Since 1986, Peter
 Sheng and his  group at the University of Florida continued to further enhance
 the hydrodynamic and sediment transport models through studies on the James
River (Sheng et al. 1989a),  Chesapeake Bay (Sheng et al.  1989b) and Lake
Okeechobee (Sheng et al.  1989c).   The work with similar models and enhanced
versions have  contributed to the improvement of the HYDRO3D code.   At the same
 time, the earlier modeling studies done in cooperation with WES generated

                                     xiv

-------
 several  in-house projects  through which the original hydrodynamics model was
 further  improved.   Particularly noteworthy was the Chesapeake Bay project.  As
 a result of  the Chesapeake Bay Study, a new version of the basic (Sheng 1983)
 model was developed.  The  new version has improved the capability to maintain
 channel  stratification  during year-long simulations and uses a z-grid or
 cartesian coordinate  in the vertical dimension.  Additional improvements
 include  a new representation of the momentum-convection terms and the addition
 of a spatial third-order scheme called QUICKEST, in the transport equations
 for salt and heat  (Johnson et al. 1989).  This work has been performed
 primarily by Dr. Billy  Johnson of the WES Hydraulics Laboratory, and Dr. Kim
 and Mr.  David Marks with the Coastal Engineering Research Center.  Mr. Mark
 Dortch and others with  the Environmental Laboratory at WES have made
 significant  contributions  in developing linkage to larger scale water quality
 models.   These efforts  are valuable in ensuring that this hydrodynamics model
 and others are fully  useful in routine water quality simulation.  As noted,
 the recent advances by  the WES have resulted in different versions of the
 model from that being documented here, but these studies have provided a
 number of improvements, some of which have been incorporated into the version
 of the code  being documented herein.  As a result, we find it very appropriate
 to acknowledge the contribution of the WES to the development of this type of
 hydrodynamics model for stratified flows.

      The support of  the U.S. Geological Survey has also been important in the
 development  and documentation of the EHSM3D model.  Dr. Ralph Cheng of the
 Water Resources Division National Research Program was the project officer of
 the effort that among other things,  funded the development of the salt balance
 equations  and testing of the model.   Mr. Carl Goodwin of the Florida District
 Office provided data  to test the model.   A draft of this manual (Sheng et al.
 1986) was  submitted for those studies and that manual was used as a guide for
 this document.   We therefore wish to acknowledge the original contributions of
 Mr. Douglas  Henn and Dr. Stephen Parker to elements of this document and we
 have added them contributors to this document on that basis.   The original
 document  (Sheng et al.  1986) was edited by Mr,  Peter Smith of the U.S.
 Geological Survey California District and Mr.  Smith has made a significant
 contribution to the testing and correction of an early version of the EHSM3D
 model.   Mr.  Smith and Dr.  Cheng have also recently published a satisfactory
 validation of the EHSM3D model in San Pablo Bay of the San Francisco Bay
 system (Smith and Cheng 1989).   In addition,  we wish to acknowledge the recent
 review of  this report by Mr. Smith.   He noted,  in his formal review comments
 and has relayed in previous conversations with Dr.  Steve McCutcheon and Ms.
 Sandra Bird  of the U.S.  EPA Environmental Research Laboratory at Athens,
 Georgia,   several areas where the users manual was inadequate for general use
 and several  areas where the documentation does  not seem to fully correspond
 with or explain the equations in the code.   Mr.  Smith has also noted several
 areas where  the model could be improved, based on his tests for adapting the
 code for  different purposes and including getting the code to run faster on a
 supercomputer.   The contribution of Mr.  Smith and the Geological Survey is
 appreciated.

      At the U.S.  EPA Environmental  Research Laboratory in Athens (ERL-
Athens),  Georgia,  Dr.  Steve McCutcheon has  been responsible for the
 development of hydrodynamics and sediment transport models and headed the

                                      xv

-------
 competitive  selection process that selected Dr. Peter Sheng and the University
 of  Florida to develop a more comprehensive sediment transport model.  As part
 of  this  effort, a three dimensional hydrodynamics model has been delivered by
 Dr,  Sheng,   This model (HYDR03D or EHSM3D) provides information about fluid
 velocities and shear stress for the sediment transport algorithms under
 development.  The hydrodynamic model has been tested in a study of Green Bay
 by  Ms. Sandra Bird  (ERL-Athens, formerly with AScI Corp.), Dr. Mansour
 Zakikhani (AScI Corp.), Dr. Pei-Fang Wang (AScI Corp.), Dr. Steve McCutcheon
 (ERL-Athens), Dr. James Martin (AScI Corp.), and Dr. Edward Hosseinipour (AScI
 Corp.).  Ms. Bird did much of the initial testing and implementation of the
 model at ERL-Athens and she developed the original linkage to larger scale
 models being used in the study.  Dr. Zakikhani has continued the testing and
 calibration  of the model and made a number of changes to achieve some
 improvements in it's use (Zakikhani et al. 1989),  He has developed and
 written  the  user guidance contained in this manual with other authors listed.
 More recently, Dr. Wang has continued the testing of the model arid has
 developed the Green Bay Case study originally begun by Ms. Bird and Dr.
 Zakikhani.   Dr. Wang also developed the comparison with the analytical
 solution and resoulved a number of questions about how to described the model
 and input data.  Drs. Wang and Zakikhani summarized the case study on the
 Mississippi  Sound.  Dr. Hosseinipour has coordinated the efforts producing the
 manual and the Green Bay Study used as an example.

      The implementation and testing of the model in Green Bay has been
 supported by Mr. William Richardson of the Large Lakes Research Station
 attached to  the U.S. EPA Environmental Research Laboratory at Duluth,
 Minnesota.   Data collection to complete the testing in the future has been
 undertaken by the U.S.  EPA Great Lakes National Program Office in cooperation
 with NOAA, Sea Grant, State of Wisconsin and several other institutions.
 Developed of the sediment transport and hydrodynamics models at the University
 of  Florida has been supported by the U.S. EPA Ecological Risk Assessment
 Research Program coordinated at ERL-Athens by Dr. Harvey Holm (now with the
 U.S. EPA Newport Field Station) and Dr. Craig Barber.

      The development of this documentation has also been supported by the
 Center for Exposure Assessment Modeling (CEAM)  at ERL-Athens managed by Mr.
 Robert B. Ambrose, Jr.   The CEAM supports general purpose models that can be
 used for Superfund site investigations, including those where complex
 hydrodynamic circulation has an effect on the spread of contamination in
 harbors,  lakes and estuaries.   Such sites include those located in Eagle Rock
 Harbor of Puget Sound,  New Bedford Harbor in Massachusetts,  and Sheboygan
 Harbor in the Great Lakes.

      Support of the Civil Engineering Department of Clemson University for
Ms.  Phyllis Kohl and Dr.  Earl Hayter is also gratefully acknowledged.   This
hydrodynamics model was selected for preliminary testing in Prince William
 Sound to  aid in tracking the long-term effects  of the  March 24,  1989 oil spill
 from the  EXXON Valdez.   Dr.  Hayter and Ms.  Kohl tested the feasibility of
using the model to simulate circulation in the  Sound and continued the study
 as a Masters Thesis at  Clemson.   The continued  testing and preliminary report
 on the results contained herein is appreciated.
                                     xvi

-------
      Ms. Donna Hinson  (AScI Corp.), Ms. Tawnya Robinson (AScI Corp.), Mr. Tim
Register  (ERL-Athens),  and other support staff at ERL-Athens have assisted in
in retyping, proofreading, scanning the original drafts, retyping equations,
and redoing graphics.   These efforts are very much appreciated.  We especially
appreciated the efforts of Ms. Robinson and Ms. Hinson in resolving last
minute software glitches in getting the document in the final format.  Mr.
Robert Ryans (ERL-Athens) edited the document and assisted with revisions of
the format.  As always, we appreciate his diligence and dedication to
improving the editorial quality of these manuals.

      This document has been significantly improved by the reviews of a number
of colleagues.  These include Dr. Raymond Walton (EBASCO Environmental,
Seattle), Dr. Alan Blumberg (HydroQual, New Jersey), Dr. Tien-Shuen Wu
(Northwest Florida Management District), Dr. Michael Amein (North Carolina
State University, Raleigh), Dr. Frederick Morris (Saint John's River Water
Management District, Palatka, Florida), and Mr. Peter Smith (U.S. Geological
Survey).  The reviews of Dr. Walton, Dr. Morris, and Mr. Smith were especially
helpful in improving the usefulness of this documentation.  We have mentioned
Mr, Smith's assistance  above.  We appreciate the various reminders from Drs.
Walton and Morris and the other reviewers about the elements that make a
documentation report useful.

      Dr. McCutcheon wrote the Preface, Acknowledgements,  and Introduction of
this report.  He edited the report for consistency and supplemented various
sections to fully describe the work.  Dr. Sheng, Mr. Henn, and Dr. Parker
wrote the original draft of Section 2.   Dr. Sheng,  Dr. Eliason, Dr.  Zakikhani,
Dr. Hosseinipour, and Dr. McCutcheon enhanced and revised the section.  Dr.
Zakikhani and Dr. Sheng wrote the User's Manual, Section 3 using Sheng et al.
(1986) as a guide.  Dr. Wang performed the calculations and wrote about the
comparison of the model simulations with an analytical solution suggested by
Dr. Hosseinipour.  Dr. Sheng performed the calculations and wrote about the
studies for Suisun Bay  and Charlotte Harbor and Dr.s Zakikhani, McCutcheon,
and Hosseinipour revised the sections to answer reviewer comments.  Dr. Wang
and Dr. Zakikhani performed the calculations and wrote about the studies for
Green Bay using simulations initially began by Ms.  Bird,  Dr.  Hayter and Ms.
Kohl performed the calculations and wrote about the feasibility studies for
Prince William Sound.  Dr. Zakikhani revised the section to address review
comments.  Dr.  Wang and Dr. Zakikhani excerpted a summary of the study of the
Mississippi Sound from Sheng (1983).  Dr. Zakikhani and Dr. Hosseinipour wrote
the Programmers Guide for material available from the original draft by Sheng
et al. (1986).   Dr.  Zakikhani and Dr.  McCutcheon wrote the Conclusions and
Recommendations,  and the Abstract,

      Dr. McCutcheon, Dr. Hosseinipour, and Dr.  Zakikhani  are responsible for
the editorial and technical accuracy of this document.  Dr. Sheng is
responsible for the technical accuracy of the theoretical  basis of the model
as described in Section 2, for the calculations and conclusions described in
the sections on Suisun Bay and Charlotte Harbor, and for the original code,
EHSM3D.  Dr.  McCutcheon, Dr.  Wang,  Dr.  Zakikhani, and Dr.  Hosseinipour are
responsible for changes in the code as  part of the  Green Bay study and for the
slightly revised code now referred to as HYDR03D.
                                         Steve C. McCutcheon (Athens,  Georgia)

                                     xvii

-------
                                              PREFACE

        The HYDR03D  computer program  is  one  of  several codes  under  development
at the U.S.  EPA Environmental Research Laboratory in Athens,  Georgia (ERL-
Athens).   The development of hydrodynamic  and sediment  transport  codes  at ERL-
Athens is proceeding  as follows:
Name
HYDRD3D
Dimen-
sion-
ality Type
3D Dynamic circulation model
Status
Documented in this report.
Existing and Anticipated
Level 'cf Support
as of April 1990
Level II - Code,
HYDR02D-V
20
HYDR01D-DYNHYD  ID
                   for far-field transport
                   in lakes, estuaries,  and
                   coastal areas.  Employs
                   approximate second-order
                   closure scheme.
Vertically  averaged finite
element  hydrodynamic model
coupled  with a cohesive
sediment transport code
described as SED2D-V
below.
    Branched version of
    Dynamic Estuary Model
    involving Manning
    roughness coefficient
    and wind stress.
The code is expected to be
ready for release by July 1,
1990.  A beta  test version
is ready now for preliminary
implementation at Superfund
sites and other critical
study areas.   Updates to
the code are anticipated in
September 1990 when the
final hydrodynamic and sedi-
ment transport model is
delivered by the University
of Florida.

Documentation  has not been
published and  is not readily
available except in draft
for beta test  users.  CEAM
may be able  to assist select
EPA projects,  especially
those involving Superfund
sites.  Documentation and
code will  be available by
sunnier 1990.

Documented as  part of the
WASP4 code.  Fully
operational  and applied in a
number of  studies, but the
basic equations have some
limitations  that must be
understood.  Case studies
include use  in moderately
dynamic flows  in estuaries
and rivers.
                                                          documentation, and start-up
                                                          instructions available
                                                          from CEAM.  Implementation,
                                                          debugging,  and
                                                          interpretation assistance
                                                          not fully available,
                                                          except  on a limited basis.
Level II  (anticipated) -
Code, documentation, and
start-up instructions will
be available from CEAM.
Implementation, debugging,
error correction, and
interpretation assistance
is available from Dr. Earl
Hayter,  Clemson University
on a negotiated basis.

Level I  - Code,
documentation, and start-up
instructions available
from CEAM.  Implementation,
debugging,  error
correction, and
interpretation assistance
fully available for most
studies.
                                               xviii

-------
List of Hydrodynamic and Sediment Transport Models Available At ERL-Athens, continued
Name
Dimen-
sion-
ality
                            Type
                                                          Status
                              Existing and Anticipated
                                  Level of Support
                                  as of April 1990
HYDR01D-RIVMOD  10
      Dynamic routing model for
      single channels.
Preliminary documentation
will be available July 1990.
The code has not been for-
mally released but is avail-
able for use in select CEAM
projects and by beta testing.
 Limited support  is  avail-
 able  in the early stages
 of development.  Users
 with  limited experience
 are referred to  models of
 the Corps of Engineers and
 U.S.  Geological  Survey if
 HYDR01D-DYNHYD and  kinema-
 tic wave routing in HSPF
 are not adequate for
 the problem to be solved.
 Level  II support is
 anticipated after the
 summer of 1990.
HSPF
 (kinematic
 wave routing)
SED3D
SED2D-V
  1D  Kinematic nave
      (stage-discharge)  and
      simple sediment routing
      for dendritic branched
      channels.
  3D   Dynamic  sediment
      dispersion,  resuspension,
      and deposition model  based
      on the most  recent  under-
      standing of  the important
      processes.   Model  inte-
      grated into  an updated
      version  of the HYDR03D
      code described above.

  2D   Finite element cohesive
      sediment transport  for
      vertically averaged
      estuaries, rivers and
      other unstratified  water
      bodies.   Linked with
      HYDR02D-V to calculate
      average  shear stress
      levels.
Documentation and code are
fully available and opera-
tional.  Limitations are
well described in
documentation.
Level  I - Code, and
start-up instructions
available from CEAM.
Documentation available
from NTIS.  Implementation
debugging, error
correction, and
interpretation assistance
fully  available for most
studies from CEAM and U.S.
Geological Survey.
Documentation and code
expected in FY91.  Beta test
versions may be available by
late summer 1990 for selected
projects, especially those
involving Superfund sites.
Documentation has not been
published and is not readily
available except in draft
for beta test users.  CEAM
may be able to assist select
EPA projects, especially
those involving Superfund
sites.  Documentation and
code will be available by
summer 1990.
Not available but Level
support is anticipated.
                                                                                                      II
Level II (anticipated) -
Code, documentation, and
start-up instructions will
be available from CEAM.
Implementation, debugging,
error correction, and
interpretation assistance
is available from Dr. Earl
Hayter, Clemson University
on a negotiated basis.
                                                    XIX

-------
UASP4
1D, Simple sediment mass bal-
2D, ance with advection, depo-
&  sition, and resuspension
3D  velocities, end eddy dif-
   fusivity mixing.  Precise
   sediment transport
   calculations require input
   from other algorithms or
   codes.
Documented,  fully
operational  and applied in a
number of studies of lakes,
estuaries, and rivers.
                                                              Level I  - Code,
                                                              documentation, and start-up
                                                              instructions available
                                                              from CEAH, Implementation,
                                                              debugging, error
                                                              correction,  and
                                                              interpretation assistance
                                                              fully available for most
                                                              studies.
Note: CEAM is the Center for Exposure Assessment Modeling located at U.S. EPA Environmental Research
Laboratory, College Station Road, Athens,  GA 30605,  (404) 546-3130, Bulletin Board Phone; (404) 546-3402.
       The HYDR03D code  is essentially the same code  as  EHSM3D  (Estuarine
Hydrodynamic  Software Model) developed by Peter Sheng  in conjunction with the
U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station (Sheng  1983) and the U.S.
Geological Survey (Sheng et al.  1986).  The  recent applications  have
concentrated  on investigations in  estuaries  as the title EHSM3D  indicates.
However, the  HYDR03D code is a general purpose computer program  designed  to
simulate complex dynamic currents  in lakes,  estuaries,  harbors,  and coastal
waters.   The  original code was developed in  the Canadian-American Great Lakes
(Sheng et al.  1978,  Sheng and Lick 1980).  Prior to  documenting  the code  with
this  report,  ERL-Athens  investigated the feasibility of using  the code in lake
settings (Zakikhani et  al.  1989) and made a  few minor changes  to improve  the
usefulness of the program.   However,  these recent changes by ERL-Athens are
not significant enough  to warrant  changing the model name except that the  name
EHSM3D is misleading regarding the applicability to  lakes and  other waters.

-------
                                   SECTION 1

                                 INTRODUCTION



1-1   PROGRAMATIC NEEDS FOR MODELS TO SIMULATE STRATIFIED FLOWS

      There is increasing emphasis being placed on the simulation of
stratified flows in lakes arid estuaries by a number U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) Programs.  The emphasis arises from the need to
prevent and mitigate pollution in lakes, estuaries, and other stratified
surface waters.  For example, the Superfund Program is beginning to
investigate more sites where human and ecological health is affected by
contaminant transport in stratified surface water flows.  In addition, the
Ecological Risk Assessment Research Program of the EPA Office of Research and
Development (ORD) is developing, in conjunction with the Office of Pesticides
and Toxic Substances, exposure assessment tools to determine the exposure of
biota in lakes and estuaries.  These exposure assessments involve determining
how chemical concentrations are controlled by flows that are normally
stratified.  Also, stratified flows and other complex flows control the
transport of chemicals attached to sediments.  Other EPA programs that will
require some understanding of the hydrodynamic transport of sediment include,
the EPA Great Lakes National Program Office ARCS (Assessment and Remediation
of Contaminated Sediments) Program for the cleanup of contaminated sediments
from the Great Lakes toxic hotspots; the EPA Office of Water Programs and the
ORD Sediment Quality Initiative aimed at developing waste load allocation
methods for sedimentary contaminants;  the ORD initiatives to investigate
eutrophication and toxic chemical fate in large lakes and marine waters;  the
ORD Global Climate Program on the affects on contaminants and biogeochemical
cycles in stratified coastal waters, estuaries, and lakes;  the ORD Oil Spill
Response Initiative; the development of response and cleanup plans for the ORD
Alternative Fuels Initiative; the EPA National Estuary Studies guided by the
Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection; the EPA Region IV Gulf of Mexico
Initiative, and the EPA Office of Radiation Safety programs to determine the
fate of marine sediments contaminated with radioactive elements. To support
these programs, hydrodynamics models are required to simulate the effects of
complex reversing flows at harbor entrances into lakes and estuaries,  to
determine where chemicals are transported to, and where contaminated sediments
accumulate.  Other programs involving sediment transport will also require
methods to determine the hydrodynamic  effects on the transport and dispersion
of fine sediments enriched with nutrients, metals,  radioactive elements,  and
pesticides and other toxic organic chemicals.  The resuspension and deposition
of fine sediment is best simulated using a hydrodynamic model to map out
levels of fluid shear stress at the bottom and throughout the water column.

-------
      A list of the Programs and areas of research that this work will support
include:
   • Superfund site assessment and remediation,
   • Determining transport of nutrients and contaminants for bioremediation of
     hazardous waste sites,
   • Ecological and human health risk assessments in the Great Lakes and other
     critical stratified surface waters,
   • Contaminated sediment resuspension, deposition, and transport studies,
   • Waste load allocation for sedimentary contaminants (EPA Office of Water
     Sediment Quality Criteria Programs and ORD Sediment Quality Initiative),
   • Waste load allocation for conventional and toxic substances (pesticides,
     organic chemicals, and metals) in estuaries (see Ambrose et al. 1990) and
     lakes,
   • Effects of global climate change on circulation in lakes,  estuaries,  and
     coastal waters,
   • ORD Oil Spill Response Plan,
   • Development of emergency response and cleanup plans for the ORD
     Alternative Fuels Initiative,
   • Determining Circulation and Sediment Transport for EPA National Estuaries
     Studies and Regional Estuaries Programs,  and
   • Tracing the fate of radioactively contaminated marine sediments.

      The primary reasons that simulations of three-dimensional stratified
flows are of added importance is the need to describe shear stress in greater
detail to fully simulate sediment resuspension and deposition,  and to predict
the effects of complex flows on contaminant transport.  Scientists and
engineers have long recognized that sediment resuspension is episodic and
highly variable in spatial extent,   A number of methods have been developed to
measure resuspension in the field and laboratory [sea flume devices, sediment
profile measurements (Sheng et al,  1989b),  core shaking methods, and
laboratory flumes].  Experience has shown,  however, that these measurements
can not be made frequently enough or at enough locations to adequately
represent a mapped history of shear stresses that cause resuspension and
control deposition.  As a result, hydrodynamic models calibrated with select
measurements at a few locations are the only practical approach the
determining the flux of contaminated sediments between the water column and
benthos at the moment.

      Until recently, the state of the art in contaminant transport simulation
in lakes and estuaries involved calibrating a transport model (see Ambrose et
al. 1987 for example) with measurements in the water body of interest (see
Ambrose et al. 1990 for the general procedures and other examples).
Measurements of chlorides, total salt, total dissolved solids,  major ions  or
cations, other conservative substances, and even some non-conservative
parameters such as water temperature are collected and used to  surmise what
combination of advective circulation or flow,  and dispersive mixing caused the
observed concentration distributions.  Unfortunately, it has been virtually
impossible to determine if these types of model calibrations were unique and
thus representative of a wider range of conditions.  In effect,  modelers have
been able to describe the effects of advection (or circulation)  and mixing in

-------
a black box fashion  (an Input-output model calibrated to describe a system
without regard to determining Important mechanisms or processes that define
the cause and effect relationships for water quality).  However, the approach
rarely leads to valid predictions.

      There is now more evidence that hydrodynamic simulations are required so
that water quality can be predicted and not just described as has been done in
the past.  The effects of circulation and mixing must be predicted for a
number of very dangerous chemicals proposed for wide-scale manufacture or use.
These chemicals can  not be released to the environment simply to calibrate a
model.  Hydrodynamic transport  (and effects on sediment if the chemical sorbs
to particles) must be predicted beforehand.  Likewise, spills of large amounts
of oil and other materials can  not be introduced simply to learn the affect of
currents, wind, and  tides on its fate and to determine its effects on the
environment.
                                                                  S'
      Also, it is difficult to  measure circulation and mixing in all flows.
Thus it is more cost effective  to calibrate a model with a few selected
measurements and use the model  to extrapolate to conditions of interest.

      Finally, most  contamination problems in simpler river and stream flows
have been cleaned up or controlled.  What remain are sedimentary contaminants
contributed by diffuse, unmeasurable sources.  These sedimentary contaminants
are controlled by hydrodynamics and sediment transport from the sources,  and
dispersion of in-place contaminated sediments.  Effective cleanup requires
investigation of leaving the contaminated sediment in place (the "no action
alternative") and investigation of various remedial alternatives.   In most
cases, hydrodynamics and sediment transport must be predicted to adequately
assess the risks to human health and ecological viability.   It is therefore
clear that complex stratified flows in lakes, harbors, estuaries,  and coastal
areas must be understood If;

   •  Superfund and hazardous waste sites  are  to assessed and cleaned up,
   •  If existing point and nonpoint sources are to be adequately controlled,
   •  If future sources are to regulated on a  rational basis,  and
   •  If spills are to be prevented from causing extensive damage.

      To address these needs, the engineers and model developers at the U.S.
EPA. Environmental Research Laboratory at Athens (ERL-Athens),  Georgia have
begun development of computer programs to simulate sediment transport and
hydrodynamics.  In addition, ERL-Athens has begun the development of
hydrodynamic programs to address the complex transport of dissolved
contaminants in stratified lakes and estuaries.  This involves the initial
testing and application of a hydrodynamics code originally  developed by Sheng
& Lick (1979) and significantly enhanced by Sheng (1983) and Sheng et al.
(1986).  This code was selected because of its use in the development of three
dimensional sediment transport and dispersion models by Dr. Peter Sheng
(University of Florida) for ERL-Athens.   This computer code and documentation
(represented by this report) are being developed as an interim tool that  will
be improved and expanded upon after the sediment transport  model has been
developed in September 1990 if necessary.

-------
      ERL-Athens  intends to distribute and maintain this computer code for a
 limited group of  engineers and scientists who investigate the effects of
 complex circulation in lakes and estuaries.  As this constituency of
 hydrodynamics and water quality modelers grows, ERL-Athens expects to expand
 the support for these types of investigations by rigorously evaluating
 alternative codes and methods, streamlining application procedures, and
 publishing updated codes and supporting documentation as warranted.


 1.2   USJL OFJIYDRODYNAMIC MODELS BY TECHNICAL EXPERTS AND MANAGERS AND HOff
      THIS MANUAL MAY BE OF ASSISTANCE

      As hydrodynamics models continue to be developed, there will be some
 debate about how  these computer codes are best employed to avoid misuse and
 misapplication.  Misuse is a more important issue for complex models like
 hydrodynamic and  sediment transport models, contrasted with the simpler models
 that are already widely used in assessing environmental problems.  It is
 difficult to fully document and provide comprehensive guidance for complex
 codes that will assist in preventing incorrect interpretations.  Complex codes
 generally require greater experience and more in-depth training that is not
 readily available from many graduate study programs in environmental
 engineering and science.  Also, these codes are being rapidly developed and it
 is difficult to maintain up-to-date documentation in such cases.

      To assist in the use of hydrodynamic simulation programs, this
 documentation will provide several types of information useful to technical
 experts and managers of projects.  First,  this introductory section will
 review screening level studies and the potential information available.
 Second,  this section will briefly review procedures for calibrating and
validating models.  Third, this introductory section will briefly review data
 requirements.

      Section 2 of this documentation will review the theoretical basis of
 this code and review the structure of the program to aid in matching the
 development of the theory with sections of code implementing those equations.
 This section is intended for applications experts with experience in fluid
mechanics and who need a more precise definition of the limitations and uses
 of the code.  The practical implications of the theoretical basis of the
 computer program are discussed in the Introduction of Section 2 and in Section
2.5, Turbulence Closure.  These sections should be of interest to all readers.
Most important is the discussion of modeling limitations indicating that the
model can not be properly applied to:

   •  Waterbodies where wetting and drying occurs over larger areas (i.e.,
      tidal flats and shallow reservoir embayments),
   «  Power plant cooling water discharges,  sewage diffusers,  and other jets
      with excess momentum (near-field effects),
   •  Withdrawals from reservoirs,  and
   •  Flows in which short-periods  waves are important causes of mixing.

      Section 2 includes several important components that establish the
theoretical validity of the code for certain hydrodynamic conditions.   Section

-------
 2.2  on  the program  formulation  involves a review of the governing equations,
 how  the model  domain  is described with a grid system, how the equations are
 nondimensionalized, what dimensionless variables and parameters are used, how
 the  governing  equations are rewritten in stretched coordinates, how the
 equations are  vertically averaged for two-dimensional applications, and how
 vertical velocities are computed.  Section 2.3 describes the boundary and
 initial conditions  that must be specified.  Section 2,4 describes the external
 and  internal modes  for numerically solving the equations.  Section 2.5
 describes the  three means of simulating turbulence in this program.  The final
 two  sections give more information about the grid system used to describe the
 water body of  interest and provide program flow charts.

      Section  3  is  an abbreviated user's manual intended for the applications
 expert.  This  section is not as comprehensive as might be desired but it does
 cover data requirements to initiate and operate the code, and data
 requirements for calibrating and validating the model for a specific site.  In
 the  latter part  of  this valuable section, input data and their formats are
 described.  Unfortunately, it is not yet possible to tabulate typical ranges
 of all  the parameters but reference to those documents that provide some of
 this useful information is cite here and elsewhere in the report.  In
 addition, assistance  to less experienced modelers in selecting model
 parameters and interpreting the results is available from the ERL-Athens
 Center  for Exposure Assessment Modeling (CEAM).  Project managers may wish to
 review  the introduction to Section 3 that describes the general data
 requirements.  To best understand critical data requirements for a specific
 study,  it is recommended that the applications expert setup the program to
 make preliminary simulations with estimates of the input data.  This will
 provide the best indication of the frequency and spatial coverage required for
 a data  collection study.

      Section  4 lists several case studies using the model,  HYDR03D, and
 EHSM3D  and CELC3D (codes that preceded HYDR03D and for which the simulations
 are  essentially the same).  This section should be useful for program managers
 and  applications experts.  Program managers may wish to note the diverse
 nature  of the  affects on circulation simulated by the program for lakes,
 estuaries, and coastal areas.   The case studies show that the model has been
 adequately setup for  the deep waters and complex bathymetry and geometry in
 Prince William Sound where tidal amplitudes are typically 4 to 5 meters (13 to
 16 feet), in the extremely deep waters of the Gulf of Mexico, for the complex
bathymetry and swift currents in Suisun Bay of San Francisco Bay,  for the
 shallower partially mixed Charlotte Harbor estuary where the tides from the
 Gulf of Mexico are on the order of 1 meter (2 to 3 feet),  and in wind
 dominated Green Bay attached to Lake Michigan.   Finally, a detailed
 calibration and testing case study from Sheng (1983)  is included.   This was
 a study of the Mississippi Sound and the adjacent deep waters of the Gulf of
Mexico.   In the final case study illustrating calibration of the model,  a
 second,  older version of the code documented in Sheng (1983)  was used to
perform the simulations.   As with,  EHSM3D the hydrodynamics  results from this
code should be essentially the same as those that could be obtained with
HYDR03D for this site.

-------
       The  case  studies,  including a comparison to an analytical solution, are
 intended to  demonstrate  the usefulness and validity of the program.  While
 minor  coding inconsistencies and errors may remain in any code, the extensive
 use  of this  code and  its predecessors indicate that all major problems have
 been resolved and  that it  is ready for application.

       There  are other notable applications as well and these are referenced in
 the  report at appropriate  points.  For example, Smith and Cheng (1989) have
 just recently examined the use of this model in a study of San Pablo Bay in
 the  San Francisco  Bay,

       The  case  study  of Green Bay indicates the usefulness of the model in a
 large  lake setting where inflows, wind driven circulation, and seiche from
 Lake Michigan may  be  important at various times.  Other studies of Lake
 Okeechobee due  to  be  published in 1990 or 1991 (also see Sheng et al. 1989c),
 and  older  studies  in  other parts of the Great Lakes indicate that the model is
 potentially  useful throughout the Great Lakes and in large shallow lakes.  A
 review of  the theoretical  basis of the model indicates that it should be
 useful  in  smaller  lakes as well.  Applications in reservoirs have not been
 attempted  as  far as we are aware.  At this time, the hydrostatic approximation
 seems  to preclude  adequate simulation of the vertical accelerations of flow
 that may be  important in reservoir outflows.

       Other  limitations are that the model does not simulate near-field
 cooling water inflows, diffuser flows, and other jet discharges.  Also, the
 equations  do  not take all  short-period wave effects into account.

       The  section  on  case  studies should also give a project manager some
 understanding of the  intensity of the calculations involved and the overall
 data requirements.  However, only the case study for the Mississippi Sound
 involves a rigorous calibration of the model and thus Section 4 only gives
 some indication of overall data requirements.   This is primarily because study
 objectives must be integrated into such a determination.

       Section 5 is the Programmer's Guide.  This is intended to give limited
 assistance the  applications expert to install and run the program.   At this
 time (May  1990), the  code has a few VAX specific FORTRAN Statements that users
must modify when working on other processors.   We believe this will take about
 one-man week  of effort and expect to resolve these problems before the final
release of the  code by July 1,  1990.


1.3  SCREENING LEVEL  SIMULATIOHS

      One  of  the more important debates among hydrodynamics modeling experts
 is whether or not  these complex models can be applied in a screening mode with
available data.  In the case studies,  we illustrate how a model can be setup
for  illustrative purposes by using examples from Suisun Bay and Charlotte
Harbor  first used  in a workshop by Sheng et al.  (1986).   We also investigated
the use of the model  in the recent oil spill emergency in Prince William Sound
and  these preliminary results are reported herein.   For Prince William Sound,
we found that the code could be setup in a matter of days and made  ready for

-------
follow-up studies to calibrate the model for longer-term assessments and
management of the cleanup.  However, it is noted in the studies and
highlighted by the reviewers of this report that simulations based on limited
data can be misleading and highly suspect if not properly interpreted.
Nevertheless, it is clear that some useful information is to be gained and we
now include it as a useful means to obtain limited information or screen out
some alternatives.  Primarily, we recommend screening level simulations using
existing data to design data collection programs for model calibration, for
extrapolation of tide and current measurements to areas not covered by
existing data, and for preliminary investigations of effects on circulation
and transport in place guesswork and approximate means even if adequate
calibration data are not available.

1.4  CALIBRATIQfl ANDVALIDATION

      Calibration and validation of a computer code applied to a specific site
results in a simulation model of the site.   The ability of the model to
describe or predict conditions at a site depends on how well the code is
calibrated.  Calibration is the process of selecting model parameters and
configuring the computational domain to be simulated.  Model simulations based
on alternative selections of parameters are compared with measured data.  The
coefficients used in the simulations that best match the measurements are
chosen as the calibrated parameters.  Validation is used to determine how
uncertain the results of the model are for limited ranges of conditions in the
water body of interest (lake, estuary, or coastal waters).  For additional
information on calibration and validation see McCutcheon et al. (1990) for
estuary modeling, and Chapra and Rechow (1983) and Henderson-Sellers (1984)
for lake modeling.

       The  general procedure for  calibrating  and  testing  the  adequacy of a
model is as follows:

  • Determine study objectives,
  • Define the subset of objectives to be addressed by model studies,
  • Collect historical data from monitoring or previous studies,
  • Attempt a preliminary calibration of the model,
  • Design a calibration data collection study based on the preliminary
    calibration,
  • Simulate conditions during the calibration period and compare to
    determine if  the preliminary calibration Is sufficient (if it is not,
    calibrate the model),
  • If  the model  is calibrated, collect a second independent set of data  for
    validation,
  • Validate the model for  the limited range of conditions defined by the
    calibration and validation data sets (if the model can not be validated
    repeat the calibration  step and collect more validation data for a second
    attempt), and
  • Determine uncertainty in the calibrated model simulations by sensitivity
    analysis.


See Ambrose et al.  (1990)  and Ambrose  and Martin (1990)  for guidance on these

                                      7

-------
procedures.


1-5  DATA REQUIREMENTS

       In general, data requirements for calibrating a hydrodynamics model are
extensive but not overwhelming.  Typically, the following data are necessary:

   •  Navigation charts and maps or soundings to define bathymetry and
     geometry,
   •  Measurements of current speed, salinity,  and water temperature at two or
     more levels at each of important boundaries of the water body (mouth of
     estuary, lake outlet, fresh water inflows, rivers, etc.),
   •  Measurements of current speed, salinity,  and water temperature at two or
     more levels at a number of stations throughout the water body (for
     calibration and validation),
   •  Some measurements of the initial condition of the current,  salinity, and
     temperature fields at the beginning of the simulation,  and
   •  Long term monitoring stations for water level to identify critical
     episodes or seasonal changes.

Multiple stations may be necessary to define some open boundaries.  Five to
ten stations in the domain should be sampled to calibrate and validate a
model.  Long term monitoring at one or two stations in the study area is
desirable.  Sampling frequencies depend on study objectives (as do sampling
location to some extent).  Calibration for episodic events requires data
collection at the boundaries and internally over a period that at least
exceeds the occurrence of the event and hopefully defines conditions
beforehand and after.  Simulation of seasonal changes requires multiple
deployments of current meters and water quality sampling equipment over longer
periods.

       See Section 3 for more details on data  requirements.

-------
                                   SECTION 2

                                MODELING SYSTEM
       Section 2 presents the basic model theory and describes how the
modeling system is formulated.  The section is intended to assist engineers
and scientists charged with the application of the model, but some of the
introductory material may interest project managers.  Unfortunately, this
document can not cover many of the basic elements of hydromechanics that are
generally needed to fully grasp the limitations a complex hydrodynamics model,
and the reader should look elsewhere for this information.  See for example,
White  (1977), Monin and Yaglom (1971), Reynolds (1974), Rodi (1980), Hinze
(1959), Schlichting (1979), Goldstein  (1960), Turner (1973), and Tennekes and
Lumley (1972) among the few good references that can provide useful background
information.  Sheng (1983) provides additional discussion ofthe theoretical
basis of the model not covered here.

       HYDR03D is a FORTRAN code designed to simulate two-dimensional (2-D)
and three-dimensional (3-D) stratified (or non-stratified) flows in lakes,
estuaries, coastal waters, and harbors.  In solving for the effects of density
stratification on circulation, the model also simulates the distributions of
dissolved solids (salt) and temperature.   These flows and the associated mass
and heat transport are simulated dynamically.  Important forces taken into
account in the simulations are those caused by tides, winds, density gradients
caused by salt (dissolved solids) and heat, and forces due to the resistance
of flow over irregular bathymetry and around irregular geometry in the water
body of interest.  The grid system that users set-up for model simulations is
rectilinear in the plan view but uses a sigma stretched grid in the vertical
direction.  A sigma stretched grid divides the depth into vertical layers of
equal thickness and maintains those equal thicknesses even as the total depth
of flow changes during the simulations.

       The governing equations solved by  this  model  are an approximation that
are designed to simulate some water flows but not all possible conditions that
arise in the natural environment.  The important approximations in the
equations are related to the manner in which turbulence in the flow is
simulated, and the treatment of vertical  velocity accelerations.

       The original principles from which the  governing equations  for any
mechanistic hydrodynamics model are derived include:

  •  Newton's  second law that  force is equal to  mass times acceleration,
  •  Conservation of water in  a defined volume,
  •  Conservation of heat,  and
  •  Conservation of dissolved solids  or  salt.

-------
Application of these principles results in a set of equations for the sum of
the forces acting on a fluid element in all three directions of three-
dimensional space, plus the conservation equations for water, salt, and heat.
Fluid density is calculated from dissolved solids and heat using an equation
of state.

      If it is noted that Newton's law of viscosity (Streeter and Wylie 1975)
adequately relates fluid viscosity to shear stress in the fluid (viscous drag
force caused by fluid moving over the bottom or other layers of fluid), then
the original force balance equations (derived from Newton's second law) can be
expressed in an mathematically exact form known as the Navier-Stokes equations
(White 1974, Schlichting 1979, Monin and Yaglom 1971).  Newton's law of
viscosity is essentially an empirical formulation but it is based on extensive
observation and can also be explained by several mechanistic and conceptual
premises.  As a result of the extensive and comprehensive observations, one
can confidently treat all water flows as Newtonian, i.e., there is a linear
dependence between water viscosity and shear stress of the flow (Streeter and
Wylie 1975, Bird et al. 1977).

      Unfortunately, the Navier-Stokes equations can not be solved exactly for
most turbulent flows because there is insufficient computer memory and speed
available from present day processors (including supercomputers).   See Rodi
(1980) for a discussion of computing needs to solve a typical environmental
fluid mechanics problem using the Navier-Stokes equations.  To derive a
practical means of solving the equations, an averaging technique dating back
to the 1894 work of Sir Osborne Reynolds (for whom the Reynolds number in
fluid mechanics is named), is typically employed (see Monin and Yaglom 1971),
This technique resolves the turbulent velocity and mass transport into two
components; a mean velocity or concentration (or temperature for the
conservation of heat equation), and a fluctuating component typically written
for the three coordinate directions, i,  J,  and k, as Ui -= UA + ut' , Uj <= u^ +
Uj' ,  and Uk = uk + uk'  and for concentration or heat as C = c + c'  or H <= h -»•
h'.  The fluctuating component about the mean velocity or constituent property
of the flow (temperature or concentration)  is determine by the period of time
over which the properties are averaged.   When the mean and fluctuating
components are substituted into the Navier-Stokes equations to achieve what is
known as Reynolds averaging of the equations,  the resulting Reynolds equations
(White 1977) can be readily solved for many types of environmental fluid flows
with several numerical methods (Rodi 1980).

      Reynolds averaging is a powerful technique that makes a number of
numerical and analytical solutions possible (Schlichting 1979).
Unfortunately,  averaging introduces two severe disadvantages to overcome in
solving the resulting equations.   First,  the Reynolds equations are no longer
time-continuous (or, exact dynamic) expressions.  Second, the substitution of
two variables (the mean and fluctuating components) for one variable, results
in a mathematical closure problem,  i.e.,  there are no longer enough equations
to solve for all the unknown variables.

      The averaged equations represent fluid motion as a series  of averages
and fluctuating components that change from average values of both components
in one discrete interval to other average values in the next discrete

                                      10

-------
 Interval.  This  change  in behavior can be handled by a number of finite
 difference (used in this model) and finite element numerical schemes, as well
 as by other numerical schemes such as the method of characteristics  (Lai
 1965),   In fact,  these  schemes can be used to solve the equations over short
 enough  time intervals that the solution describes most of the important
 dynamic behavior (or turbulence) of the fluid flow.  As a result, the solution
 is finely resolved  enough in most cases to refer to the simulations  as being
 dynamic (as is done for this model).  This is normally the cases for flows in
 estuaries, lakes, harbors, and coastal waters.  However, the optimum averaging
 interval (model  time step) can not be theoretically derived and thus must be
 arbitrarily selected using judgement and experience.

      In addition,  the  time interval for averaging effects the value of eddy
 coefficients through a  direct effect on the fluctuating component that will be
 further described below.  In effect, this introduces another correlated
 parameter to the  selection process that includes time intervals, spatial
 segmentation (how the grid is set-up), and eddy coefficients for momentum,
 mass (contaminants  or salt), and heat.  In certain ranges, these parameters
 are not highly correlated (i.e., one is not very sensitive to values of the
 others); but in  general one can not select a grid to represent a water body, a
 time step for the solution, and eddy coefficients independently without
 understanding the mutual effects.  As a result, the time averaging is
 necessary to solve  the equations but introduces a need for some experience and
 guidance in applications.

      The second  drawback in the averaged equations is the addition  of new
 variables,  making it impossible to achieve mathematical closure of the set of
 equations.   This becomes the problem known as turbulence closure (Rodi 1980,
 Sheng 1983) that has been studied extensively (Hinze 1959, Rodi 1980, Monin
 and Yaglom 1971, Reynolds 1974, Tennekes and Lumley 1972).

      Turbulence  closure is effectively achieved by deriving additional
 equations for momentum,  mass,  and heat transport (see McCutcheon et al.  1990).
 The equations that  can be derived, range from simple expression for mixing
 lengths  (Prandtl  1925) and eddy coefficients (Streeter and Wylie 1975) related
 to various mean flow properties.   Mixing length and eddy coefficient methods
have been classified as zero-order turbeulence closure schemes (Rodi 1980),
Higher-order closure schemes can be derived from conservation of kinetic
 energy,  expressions  for turbulence length scales,  and other approaches (see
Rodi 1980 and ASCE  1988 for comprehensive reviews).   Regardless of the
approach, each equation has at least one or more empirical constants that must
be determined from  observations.   The highest order schemes have only one or
 two constants that may be widely applicable to most environmental flows (Rodi
 1980, 1984, ASCE 1988) but these will never be universal constants because of
 the closure problem.  The more approximate schemes,  i.e.,  eddy coefficients,
remain much more empirical (McCutcheon et al.  1990).   Equation coefficients
and parameters are quite variable from one flow to  another,  and vary within a
 flow at different locations and at different times.   As a result is it is
difficult to forecast eddy coefficients.   Therefore,  calibration with field
measurements is necessary for precise studies.   There is less uncertainty in
 the parameters of the higher order schemes but these schemes are not fully
practical.   Therefore,  the state of the art is to use eddy coefficient methods

                                      11

-------
 (McCutcheon et al. 1990), but there are some cases where higher schemes are
 useful and this model has one option involving a simplified second order
 scheme that will be described later in this section.  In general,
 practitioners should recognize that higher order closure schemes are expected
 to attain recognition as state-of-the-art in a few years and should begin
 using the methods forthwith.

      The basic approach used in this model to achieve turbulence closure is
 to use the eddy coefficient approach.  The three options available include:

   •  Constant eddy coefficients,
   •  Munk and Anderson type vertical eddy coefficients,  and
   •  Simplified second-order scheme expressed in terms of eddy coefficients.


 The eddy coefficients are derived in the terms of the Reynolds equations where
 the fluctuating components describing the turbulent momentum, mass, and heat
 flux terms (Rodi 1980, ASCE 1968),  These turbulent fluxes are assumed to be
 proportional to the vertical gradients of mean velocity, concentration, and
 temperature.  The proportionality constants in these expressions, are the eddy
 coefficients (see Rodi 1980) used in this model.
2,1  OVERVIEW OF THE MODELING SYSTEM

      Development and implementation of a complex mathematical model such as
HYDR03D requires that the fundamental concepts be formulated in a clear and
concise fashion.  To facilitate the interpretation, maintenance, and upkeep of
the computer code it is necessary to use structured and modular programming
techniques.  In accordance with these criteria the HYDRO3D modeling system
consists of 65 subroutines, 2 INCLUDE files and post-processor files for
graphical presentation of results.

      The governing equations of the model are incorporated in a discrete form
using a finite difference numerical method coded in VAX, FORTRAN 77.  In
solving the equations the program can be run with either a fixed time step or
a variable time step.

      HYDRD3D is a dynamic model that allows the specification of a variable
wind field and a variable river inflow or outflow. It also allows tidal
forcing boundary conditions at multiple sites.  The vertical turbulence
closure parameterization schemes of HYDR03D include; 1) constant eddy
viscosity, 2) variable (Munk-Anderson) type eddy viscosity, 3) and a
simplified version of a second-order closure model.

      Although every effort has been made to develop a general purpose
hydrodynamic modeling package, HYDR03D has its limitations like any other
computer code.  In spite of the many special features contained in the code,
HYDR03D does not have the full capability to allow universal application of
the model to all water bodies under all physical conditions with arbitrarily
chosen grid patterns and time steps.  To understand the limitations of this
program, those planning to apply the model are advised to read this manual and

                                      12

-------
a previous report  (Sheng 1983).  Experience has clearly shown that the user
must thoroughly understand the capabilities and limitations of HYDR03D before
attempting to solve a site-specific problem,

      Specific limitations of the modeling system that are obvious from the
governing equations and that have been noted from applications of the program
include:

   •  Use of hydrostatic pressure distribution that precludes detailed
     simulation of the effect of jets and other near-field mixing phenomena
     from cooling water discharges, sewage diffusers and pipes,  and other high
     momentum discharges.   It also precludes simulation of reservoir
     withdrawals where vertical accelerations are significant.
   •  Exclusion from governing equations of the effects of short period gravity
     waves that describe near-shore circulation.
   •  Lack of flooding and drying features to simulate tidal flats and deltas
     in lakes where tidal amplitudes or water surface elevation changes are
     large and the near shore bottom slopes are small.
   •  Effects of grid resolution,  especially near boundaries,  that may slow the
     speed of the calculations or cause erratic results if rapidly changing
     bathymetry is not adequately resolved.

In addition, there are other less general limitations related to turbulence
modeling and other features that may cause problems in a few applications for
inexperienced users.  These will be introduced in the following material as
the need becomes obvious.   Since the range of experience of users is not clear
in the initial stages of development, however, these experience-related
disadvantages of the modeling system can not be fully complied in this first
edition of the documentation.  These will be compiled in future documents as
feedback is received from users of the model and documentation.   Therefore,
present users should have an adequate understanding of the physics of water
circulation, numerical methods, and computer programming to understand and use
the model.
2.2  MODEL FORMULATION

      The governing equations used in this program and the assumptions aon
which the equations are based are described in the following subsections.

2.2.1  Governins Equations

      The governing partial differential equations are based on the following
assumptions:

   •  The hydrostatic pressure distribution adequately describes the vertical
     distribution of fluid pressure,
   •  The Boussinesq approximation Is  useful (small density differences in
     stratified flows are assumed to  have a negligible effect on fluid
     inertia),  and
   •  The eddy viscosity approach adequately describes turbulent mixing in the
     flow.

                                      13

-------
Use  of the hydrostatic pressure distribution means that vertical accelerations
of the fluid  are  ignored.  This generally limits the model to simulations of
far-field conditions.  Significant deviations of simulations with actual flow
conditions may occur  in near-field flows involving jets into receiving waters.
This  is especially true if the high momentum effects more that 5 to 10 percent
of grid points.   For  more information on the hydrostatic pressure
distribution, see White (1974) and Sheng (1983).

       As a result of  the use of the hydrostatic pressure distribution, it is
not readily feasible  to use HYDR03D to simulate the detailed behavior of
cooling water inflows (from coal-fired or nuclear plants), sewage inflows from
diffusers, outfalls,  pipes, and other jet-like discharges into lakes,
estuaries, coastal waters, and harbors that involve high velocities and flow
rates.  However,  the  existence of Intense near-field mixing in limited areas
does  not preclude use of this model.  For example, the existence of a diffuser
or high velocity  jet  from a pipe or channel into the vicinity of one or two
grid  points (a few at most) of the computational domain can be simulated.

       Simulations that compensate for the effects of near-field mixing usually
involve;

  • Specification of  elevated values of the eddy coefficients at the affected
    grid points,  or
  • Design of the computational domain to exclude the high momemtum areas from
    the simulation.

Near  field mixing is usually computed according to the approaches in EPA
(1985), Fischer et al. (1979), Jira and Donecker (1988), Roberts (1979),
Wright (1977), and Jirka (19B2).   These calculations could be used to estimate
elevated eddy coefficients or calculate the expected mixing for boundary
conditions to the hydrodynamics model when the hydrodynamics model domain
excludes the near-field effect.  These procedures must be worked out on a case
by case basis, but these approaches represent to state-of-the-art at the
moment (1990).

      Model users should note that neither the selection of elevated eddy
coefficients nor  the selection of an ideal model domain can be accomplished
easily.  Normally, users should expect to calibrate the model and collect
extra  data in the vicinity of the jet(s),   There are no reliable means of
relating eddy coefficients to jet mixing averaged over large scale distances.
Extra  data will be required if boundary conditions are quite variable and if
the effect of the jet extends into the model domain.   To reduce extra data
collection,  selection of boundaries to isolate the effects of jets is
recommended.   For example,  moving model domain boundaries to the mouth of
embayments or arms of an estuary or lake will avoid the complications.  Of
course, selection of a different model (one that solves the vertical momemtum
equation)  should also be considered as well.

      The use of the Boussinesq approximation does not seem to severely limit
the application of the model.   The approximation is normally valid for most
water flows  in the natural environment (see Monin and Yaglom 1971).
                                      14

-------
      The use of the eddy-viscosity concept indicates significant limitations
of the governing equations, as implied in the introduction of this section.
In general, a simple eddy viscosity scheme does not keep track of the
generation and dissipation of turbulence (Rodi 1980).  The eddy viscosity
scheme is based on the assumption that the flow is uniform and that the
turbulence is dissipated under the same conditions under which it is
generated.  Unfortunately, these are conditions that do not exist in complex
flows (multi-directional at different levels, reversing with time, etc.), and
especially in stratified flows (see McCutcheon et al. 1990 for more discussion
of these limitations).  In general, turbulence is generated by complex
interactions from wind shear, fluid shear on the bottom, flow around islands
and obstructions, and internal density currents, as well as by other
mechanisms not included in HYDR03D (i.e., turbulence due to waves).  This
turbulence is transported throughout the water bodies of interest and can be
dissipated under very different conditions.   For example, bottom generated
turbulence from tidal flats can be swept into deeper channels where the
turbulence is of different scales and intensity.  Also,  salt stratified flows
are nonuniform (the vertical salinity gradient varies downstream as the
density differences decay due to mixing across the interface) and bottom
generated turbulence is dissipated under different salinity gradients
downstream.  In many cases, the generation and dissipation conditions are not
radically different and the eddy coefficients are useful.  But in general, the
transport of turbulence must be taken into account, especially if the model is
used in forecasting.   This is one reason why the simplified second order
closure scheme employed by this code is important.

      From the assumptions outlined above,  the basic flow equations for an
incompressible fluid (i.e., water) can be expressed using the right hand
Cartesian coordinate  system (with x,y,z) shown in Figure 1.   These equations
are written as:
Continuity Equation:
                                cJu   3v   3w
                                — + — + — - 0                           (1)
                                3x   3y   8z
Momentum Equations:

    du   du2   8uv   3uw        1  ap
                                       B f   3u|    3
                                       — AH —  + —
                                       ax[   axj    ay
             + -— + — - fv -  - -- + —|AH —I + —K —|  + ^IAV - I    (2)
    3t   3x    3y    8z         p0 fix
   flv   duv   flv2   9vw
   at   ax    ay
                                 i dp   9  (   avl   a (   avl    a f   av>
                        _ _  fu _  _ _1 + _ AH —  + — AH —  + — AT —   <3>
                                 PD ay   a-x.{   axj   ay[   ayj    az[   azj
                                 Sp_
                                 Bz
                                      15

-------
                          ,-— Displaced Water

                                  Surface
                              *^^\
                         z, w
                                        Bottom
                           Nominal Water Surface
Figure 1. Cartesian coordinates at the nominal water surface.
                         16

-------
Temperature and  Salinity  Equations:
            9T   3uT
            at   3x    ay    3z

            as   aus   avs   aw
            	(. 	 H	+
            3t   5x    8y    8z

Equation of State:
     f   aTl    3 {   ail    a  f  ail
     Ke —  + — KB  —  + — Kv —          <5)
     L   axj    8y[   ayj    8z[  azj

  8  I   as]    a [   as!    a  f  as]
•= — 1DB — I  +   I Dg    I  +   I DV   I         (6)
  3x[   3xJ    5y[   3yJ    flzt  3zJ
                                 (a + 0.698P)

where

            p - P/(a + 0.698P)

            P = 5890 + 38T  - 0.375T2 + 3S

            a = 1779.5 + 11.25T  - 0.0745T2 -(3.8 + 0.01T) S                 (7)

Equation 7 is based on the  equation of state by Eckert  (1958), where
temperature, T, is in degrees centigrade, salinity, S,  is in ppt  (part per
thousand) and density, /?, is in  g/cm3.

      In Equations 1 through 6,  (u,v,w) are velocities  in (x,y,z)  directions
(see Figure 1), f is the Coriolis parameter defined as  20 sin$ (where ft  is  the
rotational speed of the earth, and  is the latitude),  p0 is a reference fluid
density, p is the variable  density, p is pressure, T is  temperature, S is
salinity, (AH,  KH, DH) are horizontal turbulent eddy coefficients,  and  (Av,  Kv,
Dy) are vertical turbulent eddy coefficients for momentum,  mass,  and heat,
respectively.  In addition  to the above equations, HYDR03D includes an
equation for dissolved species concentration written similar to Equation 6.

2.2.2  Grid System

      HYDR03D uses a vertically  stretched grid, i.e., the so-called "cr-
stretching", which leads to a smoother representation of the topography  and
the same order of vertical  resolution for the shallow and deeper parts of the
water body as shown in Figure 2.  The transformation is done using the
following equation,


                              •                                             (8,
                          h(x,y) + f(x,y,t)

      cr-stretching offers some advantages over z-grid configurations, but
there are some problems that can arise in setting up the grid for steep bottom
slopes.  The a-stretching 3-D model allows the smoother resolution of
bathymetry that the stair-step configuration of z- grids (Leendertse and Liu
1975).  It is necessary, however, to have sufficient resolution in the
horizontal and lateral directions of the p-grid to avoid erratic results.  In
addition, Sheng et al. (1989b) and Johnson et al. (1989) report that the z-
grid is better that the cr-grid in the presence of steep bottom slopes.  It was

                                      17

-------
Figure 2. Vertical stretching of the coordinates.
                                      18

-------
 found that  it  is  advisable  to  evaluate  the baroclinlc gradient along the
 constant  z-plane  (horizontal plane)  and that  higher  order advection schemes
 should be avoided.

       The a-stretching  introduces  extra terms into the original Cartesian
 equations of motion.  However, most  of  these  extra terms  appear in the
 horizontal  diffusion  terms, which  are generally  less significant.

       In  the horizontal direction, HYDR03D allows the use of either a uniform
 or a  non-uniform  Cartesian  grid.   For non-uniform grids,  there are two
 options.  The  HYDR03D program will accept either an  arbitrary,  non-uniform
 grid  or a smoothly varying  stretched grid (see Figure 3)  which satisfies the
 following equations;


                             x=ax + bIaC-                                (9)

                             y - ay + by i ^                               (10)


 where  (0,7) represent the uniformly-spaced computational  grid and  (a^ bx, Cx,
 ay,  by, Cy)  axe stretching constants,  A uniform  grid can  be  obtained by
 setting:  a^ = 0, bx  <=  1, Cx  = 1, ay=0, by-l, and Cy - 1.  To generate  a
 non-uniform grid  according  to the  transformation Equations 9  and 10,  the
 example in Sheng  and  Butler (1980) can  be followed.   The  detailed  procedure
 for deriving the  cr-stretched grid can be found in Sheng and  Lick (1980)  and
 Sheng  (1983).

       The lateral stretching introduces  stretching coefficients, ^x = dx/da
 and py — dy/d-y into  the spatial derivative  terms in the transformed equations
 of motion,  when  a non-stretched grid is used, then  nx = /iy = 1.


 2.2,3  Kon-Dimensionalization of the Governing Equations

       Diraensionless governing equations make  it  easy  for  a user  to  compare the
 relative  importance of various terms and to minimize  numerical  errors.   When
 properly non-dimensionalized,  the part  of each terra  contained within  a
parenthesis or bracket of Equations 13  through 17 that follow should be  of
 unity  order and the part of the term containing  the  dimensionless number(s)
will indicate  the order of the term.

       The governing equations are nondimensionalized  using the  following
 dimensionless variables;
                                     f                Y  1
                      (u*, v*, w*) •=    	-,  	] 	-
                                     1   Ur     Ur Zr  Ur J
                                      19

-------
    y
    I
                                •*•- I
Figure 3. Lateral stretching of the coordinates.
                                    20

-------
   ...     f     x     y    zX
t  y i ^  /  i*r  i      s      »  .^—^—
              I    xt    xz   zptr
       t*  - tf
                    -  T0)   />0
               gr        r
               Pr - Po







               Tr - T0




             _AH

             ^





             	A,



               Avr




               KH


               ^Hr
              21
                                                      (ID

-------
Where Xr is the reference length in lateral direction, usually the maximum
dimension of the basin or water body, Zr in the reference depth, usually the
average depth of the basin, the Ur is the reference velocity, w is the
vertical velocity in the  a-direction, t is time, f is the Coriolis parameter,
q is the heat flux at the surface, C  is the specific heat of water, Sr —
fUjJCj./g,  f  is  the  displacement of the water surface  at any time as defined in
Figure 1, pD is a base fluid density usually taken as the minimum density in
the water body being simulated, p is the variable density, pr is another
reference density usually taken as the maximum density, T is water
temperature, T0 is a base water temperature usually taken as the minimum, Tr
is a reference water temperature usually taken as the maximum, AH, Kg,  DH are
horizontal turbulent eddy coefficients, and Av,  Kv,  DV are vertical  turbulent
eddy coefficients for momentum, mass, and heat, respectively. Some of  these
parameters are defined in Appendix A for future reference.

      The following dimensionless parameters are derived when the equations
are nondimensionalized:
                                         Avr     ti
        Vertical Ekman Number:    E  —
         Lateral Ekman Number:    Eg •=
      Vertical Prandtl Number:    Prv
       Lateral Prandtl Number:   PrB -
      Vertical Schmidt Number:   Scv =
                                        Aflr
      Lateral Schmidt Number:    ScH - 	
                                      22

-------
                Froude Number:      Fr —
               Rossby Number:     Ro -
                                          ur
                                          £Xr     tc
                                           gZr     (Ro)
                                          f2 X2.     (Fr)2     (t,e)z
                                         sr
   Densimetric Froude  Number:     FrD -  	 - 	
                                         fr       t0                        (12)

where the various  t variables  appearing in the  above expressions represent the
characteristic time scales  associated with various physical processes.  The
inertia oscillation time  scale is t±, vertical turbulent  diffusion time scales
are tv  tvdh• ^vte»  the  lateral  turbulent diffusion time scales are tidm, ttdh,
tids, the convection time  scale is te, the  gravity wave time scale is tge,  and
the internal gravity wave is tgi.  These are better defined  in Appendix C.
2.2.4  Dimensionless Equations  in  Stretched Coordinates

      Using the dimensionless variables  and parameters in Sections 2.2.3 and
dropping the asterisks for clarity,  the  following dimensionless equations can
be derived:
                                         8j      da
                                       23

-------
1 9Hu      1    Sf     E.,  3 f   5u >        Rof  1  9Huu   1  aHuv   3Huw
                 J  i   ^V    1 A      i  •        i           i  	^ a_     i  ^ _s
                                            Rof  1
                                          -rl^
H   9t      nx    ax     W- da [   da )        H J_  /ix  5x     >jx   3y

    + E  r-£-L-^-J  +-^— fA  H  +HOT!
    ^ fiH| .. a,,  I^H .. 3„i  + ,. a., IAH  ,.  a.J  * n.U.1.1
          f"  (*fl            —-   X1 
-------
 2.2.5  Vertically  Integrated Equations
      For vertically mixed estuaries, the governing equations can be
integrated over the depth.  The resulting a non-dimensional form is given as:
                                    au
                                                                          (19)
au     H  ar
	    + r   T   + v - Ro
at     u, 9x
  au
Wsx
                                   au
                                      Ro  H2  3/5
                                             Frg  2
                  H  aj-
                - — — -f  D
                                                                          (20)
av
at
H
                 - U -  Ro
     [  9    (
     \       h
     L^x  [
Ro  H2

Frn  2
                                                     H
                                                                   (21)
where the variables are defined in Appendices A and C.

      The nonlinear inertia, lateral diffusion, and baroclinic pressure
gradient terms in Equations 20 and 21 are obtained by vertically integrating
the corresponding terms in Equations 14 and 15, respectively.   However, these
terms are obtained by assuming that horizontal velocity and density are
uniform in the vertical direction, an assumption which is not  always valid.
In addition, the vertically integrated equations ignore the baroclinic terms.
Thus, the above forms of vertically integrated equations are not recommended
for all flows, especially those involving baroclinic circulation.   When
barolclinic circulation is important, the fully 3-D version of HYDR03D should
be used.  Details of the vertically integrated equations are briefly discussed
later in this section.
                                      25

-------
2.2.6  Vertical Velocities


     Equations describing the vertical velocity in the transformed coordinates
are:
ar   Iff

at   Hj.it
                          1-Hr ar   Iff SEu   3Hv  1
                    „ = -----       - + -   dcr                (22)
                            (i + 
-------
 where  qs is the heat  flux  at  the  surface,  rbx is bottom shear stress in the x
 direction,  rby is the bottom  shear stress  in the y-direction, and 9u/3a and
 Sv/9a  are  the  partial derivatives of longitudinal and lateral velocities with
 respect to the a  coordinate defined earlier.
                Idu    3v 1
                —  ,  —   are in  tensor form  notation.   The other
                da    80 J

 parameters were defined earlier.

       The  boundary  conditions at  the bottom (CT = -1) are:

     f3u  5v 1   H                ur           „    , , „
   A  	  	 I „ 	 /,     ,  \ _ 	 U 7 T  fn2 -1- -rr21!1/2 fn    V 'I
   ^v     i           <^bx •  rby; ~     « iri>d (.% 1- v^;   {Ui , v1(>
     [da  da J   EL              f^^
                             ^ ^ __ rt
                             5S
                             — - 0                                        (25)
                             So
where Cd is the drag coefficient applied  to  the bottom  surface,  and (ulf vx)
represents  the velocity vector components at the  first  grid point above the
bottom.  The drag coefficient  is related  to  the Manning roughness coefficient
for bottom  roughness as shown  by McCutcheon  et al,  (1990).   Also see Sheng
(1983),  McCutcheon et  al,  (1990) compiles representative values of the
Manning   for estuaries,


2.3.2  Lateral Boundary Conditions

      Along the shoreline where river  inflow or outflow may occur,  the
boundary conditions are;

                             u - u(x,y,cr,t)

                             v -= v(x,y,<7,t)

                             w ~ 0

                             T - T(x,y,ff,t)

                             S = S(x,y,P,t)                                (26)

where u, v, T, and S are velocity in the  x-direction, velocity int  he y-
direction,  water temperature,  and salinity,  respectively varying dynamically
with time t and spatially in the (x, y, a) coordinate system,   u> is the
vertical velocity, assumed  to  be zero.
                                      27

-------
       At  the  solid boundary, both  the normal  and  tangential velocity
 components  are  equal  to  zero.   In  addition, the normal derivatives of
 temperature and salinity are also  set equal to zero.

       Along an  open boundary, either f or the velocity can be specified.  For
 the water surface  elevation f,  there are currently three options:
                                                                           (27)
 or
                              — - 0  and  — = 0                         (28)
                              dx           3y
or


                  ft  t c |£  - 0  «d  J£  ± c  | = 0                   (29,


where AQ, Tn,  $n  are the amplitude, period, and phase angle of the tabular
tidal constituents, respectively; ^^ is the maximum number of these tidal
constituents; and c is the dimensionless phase speed of surface gravity wave
at the open boundary.  See the Case Studies for Suisun Bay and Charlotte
Harboer  (Equation 62) in Section 4 for an illustration of the application of
Equation 27.

      When open boundary conditions are given in terms of f ,  the normal
velocity component is assumed to be of zero slope.  The tangential velocity
component may be either zero, or of zero slope, or computed from the momentum
equations .

      The salinity or total solids along an open boundary or river entrance is
computed from a 1-D advection equation during the outflow.  For example, along
an open boundary perpendicular to the x-direction.

                           3HS       3HuS
                           - + RO  - = 0                            (30)
                           St        pxdx

where the spatial salinity flux is evaluated from the salinity values at the
boundary and the interior grid point via a one-sided differencing scheme.

      During the inflow,  however, the salinity value at the open boundary can
either take on a prescribed value or be determined from the 1-D advection
equation while using the boundary salinity value and the prescribed salinity
value to evaluate the spatial flux term.   Section 4.3 on the  Charlotte Harbor
case study regarding the application of Equation 30 and other options.
                                      28

-------
2.3.3  Initial Conditions

      To start a simulation, the initial spatial distributions of f, u, v, w,
T, and S must be specified.  However, when initial data are completely
unknown, there is usually little choice but to start with zero initial fields.
This is a process referred to as spin-up.  It invilved starting at resta nd
running the model until reason conditions are attained.  These attained
conditions become the initial conditions of the next simulation if the
simulation is stopped and restarted.  If the simulation is continued, this
point in time defines the beginning of the results that will be used to
investigate circulation and mass transport.  See Case Study 4.3 on Charlotte
Harbor for a brief review of the procedure.  When initial data are known at a
limited number of locations an initial field can be generated by an
appropriate interpolation scheme.  In principle, the interpolated field must
satisfy the conservation law governing that field variable.

      For practical simulations of barotropic flow in the absence of salinity
and temperature variation, the HYDR03D code usually assumes zero initial flow
if few initial data are known.   This is reasonable because the spin-up time of
a barotropic flow field is relatively short due to the use of a variable
time-stepping scheme.  In case of a baroclinic simulation where salinity and
temperature varies with space and time, the spin-up time is longer and an
interpolation routine is provided to produce a reasonable initial field from
limited data points.


2.4  NUMERICAL SOLUTION ALGORITHM

2.4.1  External Mode

      In the external solution mode the model solves for the surface
displacement f and the vertically integrated velocities U and V in Equations
19 through 21.  To speed up the model simulation,  all the terms in Equations
19 through 21 related to the propagation of surface gravity wave are treated
implicitly.   The time derivatives and surface slopes in the momentum equations
are generally treated implicitly, whereas the bottom stresses are computed
explicitly from the latest vertical profiles of horizontal velocities.

      The dimensionless finite-difference equations needed to obtain the
external mode solution given in matrix notation as:

              [A]  {F]n+1 - [I] {F]n + At ID}"                              (31)
                                      29

-------
  where:
[A]
              HAt
              HAt
                    (D)
         [I]  -
1 0 0
010
0 0 1

[F) -

f
u
V



                                                                       (32)
                                  30

-------
where Ax, Az, At,  Sx, and Sy are space intervals in the x-and y-directions,
the time interval, and  delta notations  in x,  y  directions,  respectively.

      It is convenient  to express  the matrix  [A]  as  the  sum of three matrices,
These are the identity  matrix  [I],  a matrix  [A^J and a matrix  [Ay).  The
matrices [\] and  [Ay]  are written as:
         [A,]
                       HAt
sx
                                                       0
        [Ay]  =
                        HAt
                        My
           0
                                                     /9At
                                                                          (33)
The factorization of Equation 31 and neglecting of terms of order At2 yields
the following x-sweep and y-sweep expressions:
      x-sweep:
            ([I] + [AJ]  IF}*   =  ([B]  -  [Ay])  (F}H + At {D)N
      y-sweep:
             [I] + [Ay])
       IF}* -t-  [Ay]tF)N
(34)


(35)
                                      31

-------
where N, and K+l are  the  successive  time  step  counters;  [F]N+1,  [F]N and
 [F]* are the solution vectors  at  time  steps  N+l,  N,  and the intermediate
between the x-sweep and y-sweep,  respectively.   {D)N is  the  residual(  or
forcing) matrix at time step N.

      Alternatively,  the  x  sweep  and y sweep are  also  listed here can be
written as:
      x-sweep:
      and
f* +
                                U*
                                     (36)
                U* +
                      HAt
                   ° At
                                     (37)
      y-sweep:
           S  v
                                    ,
                                  n+1
                                             SAt
                                                    Vn
                                     (38)
      and
                      HAt
                 Vn
                                            At
                                     (39)
where IF1,  Vn are  velocity matrices at time step N;  and D£,  and D£ are  the
forcing or residual matrix in the x  and y-sweep at time step  n, respectively.
2.4.2  Internal-Mode.

      The internal mode solution is obtained by defining deficit velocities  as
u = u - u and v =* v - v, where u and v are vertically averaged by  subtracting
the vertically averaged momentum equations from the three-dimensional momentum
equations multiplied by H.  The resulting differential equations are:
                    1 3Hu        Dx   K. 8
                    	= B_ - — + — —
                    H 3t         H    H2 8(7
                             a
                             — (u + u)
                                     (40)
                    H at
              H
H
A, — (v + v)
   8z
                                      32

-------
which can be written  in  a  finite  difference  form as:
(Hu)
    n+1
(Hu)n + At  (HBX
                                  Hn At — — 2 —
                           —  (u + u)1
                           8z
                                                                           (42)
(Hv)n+1 - (Hv)n + At
- Dv)n + HD At -^— —
   y          (Hn)2 5r
                                                  A, —  (v  +
                                                    8z
                                                                 (43)
The vertical diffusion terms  in  the momentum  equations  are  treated implicitly
to ensure numerical stability in shallow water.   It  also  is important to
ensure that the vertically integrated deficit velocities  always  equal zero  or:
                             Ua
                                                                           (44)
                                                                           (45)
                                  k-l
where Kj^ is the maximum number  of  the vertical  layers.   To  ensure that
Equations 44 and 45 are satisfied,  the nonlinear inertia, baroclinic,  and
horizontal turbulent diffusion terms in the vertically integrated  Equations  20
and 21 must be evaluated by summing the corresponding terms  in  the 3-D
equations at all vertical levels.
      Once un+1 and vn+1  are  obtained,  u and v can be obtained from:
                                  - un+1
                                                                 (46)
                                            H"
                                                                           (47)
                                      33

-------
       Following these,  the  vertical  velocities  wn+1 and w""1"1 can be computed
 from:
             n+1    nn   Aa f ar)n+1  Aa f f 3Hu )n
            t,>    — u?   - — I  —I   - —   I  	 I
             k      *-*   0H [ fltj     H  L I M* Jk
(48)
                                                           av,  ln-t-1
             n+l     ..  ^4.1   4-TU I  "S  I        I    on       on
             r™ - tf*1 «£ i + —-   —     + .7   u-—+v-—             (49)
             k          k-l    a  I   *- I        I   ,. a,,     ., a,.
where  the vertical velocity w  should be  almost  zero  at the  free surface,

2.5  TURBULENCE  CLOSURE

       Turbulence parameterization  is necessary  because of the  averaged nature
of the governing equations,  as was  discussed  in the  introductory part of  this
section.  As noted,  there  is some  art  to selecting turbulence  parameters.
This selection process is  therefore aided if  there are several methods
available to give the user some  flexibility to  chose a method  tailored to  his
experience and the conditions at the site of  interest.  This code offers
relatively good  flexibility ranging from a simple constant  eddy coefficient  to
a simplified second-order  closure  approach.   In all,  three  methods are
available to determine the vertical eddy coefficients.  These  are:

   •  Specification of constant eddy coefficients,
   •  Calculation  by  the Munk-Anderson formulation,  and
   •  Calculation  using a  simplified second-order closure scheme.

There  are a number of other closure schemes,  but all have various theoretical
and practical disadvantages, as  do  these  options.  See Sheng (1983),  Blumberg
(1986), Rodi (1980)  and ASCE (1988)  for  more  detailed information on  these
methods and other alternative methods.   At the  moment,  we can  not offer the
users  comprehensive  guidance on  turbulence modeling  in this document.
However, when simulations  are sensitive  to turbulence parameters  and
assistance is need,  users  should contact the  Center  for Exposure  Assessment
Modeling (CEAM),  U.S. EPA  ERL-Athens (see Preface).   The CEAM  can assist in
calibrating a model  or refer users  to  experts in the field  to  handle  difficult
problems.  In addition, users may wish to consult any readme files  associated
with the distribution of this code  or  any information that may be available  on
the CEAM bulletin board to  learn of supplements to this manual on turbulence
parameterization.  Several  reviewers have noted the  need to supplement the
information available in this report and the  CEAM will  attempt to do  this  as
time permits,

2.5.1  Constant  Eddy Coefficients

      For this option, constant  eddy coefficients are  specified in the
vertical direction.   These  constant values are  equal  for momentum,  mass, and

                                       34

-------
heat  transfer  (Peter  Smith,  in review) despite the knowledge  that  this  is not
precisely correct.  (Monin  and Yaglom  1971, Turner 1973).  Given  the
approximate nature  of the  eddy viscosity approach however,  this  can be  a
practical means of  making  reasonable  calculations.

      The use  of constant  eddy coefficients is not normally recommended for
precise calibrations  of  a  hydrodynamic model  (e.g., see McCutcheon et al. 1990
for guidance).  Such  an  application,  will only crudely approximate
circulation, transport,  and  mixing in a. stratified flow or  a  complex flow.  In
some  screening analyses, however, approximate descriptions  may be  adequate for
a preliminary  investigation  of circulation patterns.  In addition, it may be
useful to begin calibration  of a model with this option to  determine if a
reasonable and stable  solution is possible.  As a result, the ability to
specify a constant  eddy  coefficient is occasionally useful, but  results can be
inaccurate and misleading.

      Because  the use  of constant eddy coefficients results in very
approximate results,  it  is difficult  to estimate the coefficients  for various
types of flows in different  water bodies.  Furthermore, published  values can
not be adequately assessed without knowledge of the sensitivity  of model
results to eddy coefficients.  Unfortunately, this is rarely  investigated or
discussed in the available published  reports.  As a result  all guidance on
ranges of values must  be used with care.

      To assist in  selecting eddy coefficients, see McCutcheon et  al. (1990)
for values obtained in estuaries, harbors, and coastal areas.  Bowie et al.
(1985) offers  guidance for the relative order of magnitude  of eddy
coefficients that may  be useful for selecting tentative values.  Chapra and
Reckhow (1983) and Henderson-Sellers  (1984) discuss eddy coefficients for
lakes and reservoirs.  Typical values for North American large lakes are
(Lynch 1986, Cheng et  al.  1976, Csanady 1975):

                  AH — 103  to 105 cm2 s"1    (horizontal eddy  viscosity)
                  Av = 1 to 100 cm2 s"1    (vertical eddy viscosity)
                   U = 10  cm s"1           (horizontal velocity)
                   L - 106 to 107 cm       (horizontal length scale)
                   H <= 103 to 10A cm       (vertical length  scale)
                Ap/p — 10~3               (relative density difference
                                               over the depth)

Also see Sheng (1986b) for additional guidance on values of eddy coefficients
that may be appropriate when studying lakes.

2.5.2  Munk-Anderson Type  Eddy Coefficients

      There are a number of  different formulas for the vertical eddy
coefficients for momentum, mass,  and heat transfer (see McCutcheon et al.  1990
Henderson-Sellers 1982, Blumberg 1986, and Sheng 1983 for a review).
Unfortunately,  there is no clear guidance on which of these divergent
formulations are best  adapted to certain water bodies.   McCutcheon et al.
(1990) indicates that  a Munk-Anderson type formulation among others may be
useful for studies of  estuaries when calibration may not be possible.   Similar

                                      35

-------
 guidance  for  lakes,  coastal  areas,  and harbors  is  not readily available.   When
 calibration is  possible,  HcCutcheon et al.  notes that there  may be several
 alternative forms  that  are useful,  but there  has not  been sufficient study to
 show that any form is significantly better  that the Munk- Anderson form used in
 this and  a number  of other hydrodynamics  codes  (McCutcheon,  1983),   As a
 result, the Munk-Anderson formulation offers  useful flexibility and
 consistency with other  models.

      The Munk-Anderson formulation is based  on the observation that eddy
 coefficients  for stratified  flows are a fraction of the  eddy coefficients for
 non- stratified  flows under the  same conditions.  The  ratio of the stratified
 to non-stratified  coefficients  are  equal  to stability functions [^(Ri) and
 <£2(Ri)]  of  the gradient Richardson number (Richardson 1921,  Turner  1973),
 expressed as :
         Av - A™ i  (Ri)l  K* - K^, *Z(RI>; and  Dv -= Dvo 02(R1)              (50)

where :
                      Uzr
 dp  I  f 3u }z   ( 8v
—     —    +   -—
 9a  [  [ da J    I da
                                                       -1
                                                                           (51)
e is the dimensionless  density and the other terms  in the gradient Richardson
number are also as have been described beforehand.  The variables Avo, K^,, and
Dvo  are  the eddy coefficients  for momentum,  mass,  and heat transport under
non-stratified conditions, respectively.  For this  code, it  is assumed that
the eddy coefficients for mass and heat transport are equivalent.  This  is not
exactly the case and some small  discrepancies may arise in the calculations  of
salinity and temperature.  Also  the usual practice  is to assume that  A^0 = K^
= Dvo  (e.g.,  see McCutcheon  1983) as  is  done in this code.   These  variables
are computed from the vertical transport of momentum as:
                          ^2o
                        H
                                                                           (52)
where A0 is the length scale assumed to be a linear function of a that
increases with distance above the bottom and below the water surface, with a
peak value at raid-depth, but not exceeding a certain defined fraction of the
local depth.

      Equation (52) is limited to describing the generation and dissipation of
turbulence in boundary-layer like shear flows over the bottom.  Among other
effects, it does not include the transport of turbulence from different flow
conditions, nor does it include the effects of surface waves.  Waves can cause
more intense mixing in the upper layers of deeper flows.  In these cases where
the flow is not a boundary-layer type, Equation (52) may be of limited
validity.  When flows are not boundary-layer types, it is typically assumed
that the eddy coefficients are constant in the upper layers of flow,
especially down to the thermocline in lakes (see Sheng et al. 1986a,
Henderson-Sellers 1984) or constant below the thermocline (McCormick and

Scavia 1981, McCutcheon 1983) depending on relative depths.   For limited

                                      36

-------
additional  information  about  the  effects  of wind mixing on the  mixing
coefficients  see Kent and  Pritchard  (1959) .

      As noted above, the  stability  functions  are  of  diverse  forms  but the
Munk- Anderson formulations seems  to  be  the  best available  for use.   The
general form  of the Munk-Anderson (1948)  formula is generally written as
(McCutcheon et al, 1990).

                         ^ - (l+^iRi)"1  and  #2 -  (l+a-jRi)*2               (53)

where oi,  al,  az>  a^  are empirical coefficients that vary from one water body
to the next (McCutcheon et al .  1990), and seem to  be  spatially  and  temporally
variable in a given body of water.   See McCutcheon et al.  (1990)  for a
tabulation  of the coefficients  that  have  been  used in past studies  of selected
estuaries and coastal waters.   Henderson-Sellers (1982)  and Blumberg (1986)
tabulate a  few more values  related to studies  in lakes.  Munk and Anderson
(1948) found  for the thermoclrne  in  the ocean  that Equation 53  was  best
written as :

                       ^ - (l+10Ri)'1/2   and  ^2 -  (1+3 . 33Ri)"3/z           (54)

      Not only the form of the  stability  function  may vary from site to site,,
but different Richardson numbers may also be used  for different types of  flow
conditions.   For example,  the formation and deepening of the  thermocline  in  a
relatively  shallow basin depends  strongly on the relative  importance of wind
stress and  heat flux at  the free  surface.   In  such a  case,  the  following
Richardson  number could be  used:

                                KZHZ£72£    S
                                                                          (55)
                                U2ru2.(l+e/0 da

where ic is the von Karman constant and u* is the dimensionless friction (or
shear) velocity at the free surface.  McCutcheon et al  (1990) review a number
of other stability functions as well.  These include gross Richardson numbers,
Froude number, the Monin-Obukhov scaling length, the Nyquist Buoyancy
frequency, and Richardson numbers based on shear velocity and average velocity
along with various definitions of linear and nonlinear  density gradients.

2.5.3  A Simplified Second-Order Closure Model

      The simplified second- order closure model is derived from a complete
Reynolds stress turbulent transport model by assuming a local equilibrium
condition (Sheng 1982, 1983, 1984, 1986a) .  In addition to the mean flow
equations, a set of algebraic equations are solved for the second- order
correlations are solved to obtain the stability functions ^ and 2  in  terms
of the mean flow variables.  These Cartesiaon coordinate equations, when
written in dimensional and tensor forms, are:
                                      37

-------
                        -  Si
                                                     -  gj
     - 2
                       q
                       A

                                                                           (56)
             dp
- u
 3u,
--1
 Sx
                       2
                                                       - 0.75 q  -
                                                                           (57)
        2u3'p'
                                       0.45 q p'p'
                                                                           (58)
The subscripts i, j, and k correspond to the coordinate directions  (xi( Xj,
xk) ,  usually numbered 1, 2,  and 3.  Therefore,  UL' ,  Uj', and uk' are velocity
fluctuations about the mean velocities uis  u j ,  and uk,  respectively.   Hence
Equation 56 represents six separate formulas and Equation 57 represents three
separate formulas.  Also, p and p' are the mean density and density
fluctuation, respectively; p0 is a reference density, usually taken as the
minimum density; g is the gravitational vector; fi is the vector for the
rotational speed of the earth; £  is the pernutation  tensor;  q is  the  total
turbulent micro -length velocity;  and A is a turbulent  length scale,

      The detailed derivation of  Equations 56 through  58 can be found in  Sheng
et al. (1989b) .  Also see Sheng (1983).  A graphical comparison of this
formulation versus some of the semi-empirical forms  discussed in  the  last
section is shown in Figure 4.

     The length scale, A0,  is assumed to be a linear function of the vertical
distance above the bottom or below the free surface.   In addition,
stratification is assumed to modify the length scale through the  following
empirical relationship:
           A = A0 ( 1 + Sx Ri)S2
                                                                           (59)
                                      38

-------
                          (a)
                      Blumberg

                         Kent & Prilchord

                            Bowden B Hamilton

                              Munk B Anderson
                                                              74.0
                      2.5    5.0     7.5     10
.6  -4  -.2  0   .2  .4  j6
           R!
Figure  4.   (a)  Empirical  stability  functions  of vertical  turbulent  eddy
coefficients from Slumber  (1975.  (b)  Stability functions determined  from a
second-order closure model of turbulent transport.
                                    39

-------
where Sx and S2 are arbitrary coefficients.

     The length scale A  is then adjusted  such that the following  relationships
are satisfied  (Sheng and Chin 1986):

                       ||fl * 0.65                                         (60)


                       A <  CA H                                          (61)


                       A <  CA Hp
                                                                           (62)

where CA is usually on the order of 0.1 to 0,2,  H is the total depth, and Hp
is the depth of the pycnocline.

      The simplified second-order closure model presented above is strictly
valid when the turbulence time scale  (A/q) is much less than the  mean flow
time scale and when turbulence does not change rapidly over A.  It has been
found, however, to be quite useful in simulating vertical flow structures in
estuarine and coastal waters.

      Figure 4 illustrates the behavior of the resulting stability functions
as a function of the gradient Richardson number (see Equation 51).  This
response is similar to that obtained from the Munk-Anderson type  vertical eddy
coefficient functions of the gradient Richardson shown in Figure  4a.  Figure 4
was not designed for an  exact comparsion, but clearly the trend for the Munk-
Anderson formulation [and similar forms by Kent and Pritchard 1959 and Bowden
Hamilton (1975)] and the simplified second order closure formulation are the
same for Ri>o (stable stratfication; if water is stratified, it is almost
always stably stratified).  The curve in Figure 4a by Blumberg, (1975) is from
an alternative closure secheme.

2.6  GRID LAYOUT

     The grid system used to describe any computational domain is explained
below.

2.6.1  Staggered Grid

     A staggered grid is used in both the horizontal and vertical directions
of the computational domain (see Figure 5),   This grid is often referred to as
the "C-grid".  In the horizontal directions,  a unit cell consists of a f-point
at the center (fj,i)i a U-point to its right (UJ(i) and a V-point at its top
(Vj(i).  In the vertical  direction, the vertical velocities are computed at
the "full" grid points including the free surface (k=kmax).
                                      40

-------
             o  U,u
             D  V, V
             A t , W, T, p
    (
             -B-
             -B-
        A  O A O A O
        G    G    n
)AoAoAoAo
  u     a    rj    n
)  A  o  A  O A O A O
  u     G    U    a
)AOAOAOAO
       -B-
              n    a
            )  A O A O
             -B	B—
         -*•  cx
                                              •  u
                                              A  W
                                              o  T, P
                                               A	
O
A
O
A

A
O
A
O
.A.
                                        oc
                                         7777//////7T/
Figure 5, Staggered numerical grid.

-------
Horizontal velocities, temperature, salinity and density are computed at the
"half grid points (half grid spacing below the full points).

2.6.2  Grid Index

     Two arrays, each of dimension (J^,^, I,nax) , are used to  index the grid
cells.  The array NS indicates the condition of the left and right cell
boundaries, whereas the array MS denotes the condition of the top and bottom
cell boundaries (see Figure 6).  JUl(I) and JU2(I) indicate the first and the
last water points for computing U along the I-th column.   JV1(I) and JV2(I)
denote the second and the second to last water points for V.  IU1(I) and
IU2(I) indicate the second and the second to last water points for U along the
I-th row. IV1(J) and IV2(J) denote the first and the last water points for V.

2.7  FLOWCHARTS

     Flow charts of the major programs EHSMML, EHSMHC,  EHSMEX, EH8MB3,  and
EHSMB4 are shown in Figures 7 through 11.   The names of the major variables
are listed in Appendix A,

-------
        NS
                       MS
                                                     NS
                                                          • \

                                                           V
                                                           N.
 MS
\ \ \ \
                                                                 ..J-l-..
                                                                     6
Figure 6.   Grid  indices NS and MS
                                   43

-------
                           EHSM3D Mainline Routine - EHSMML
CHSMIN
Input Paramal«rt
Inftlatlze Variable*
i
f
                           No
                  EHSMHC
            Advanc* Hydtodynamtc
                  Variable*
                                         EHSMCN
                                         Advance
                                     Dissolved Species
                                         6HSMDT
                                      Output Variable*
                                        Set (STOP
    EHSMHR
R»ad Hydredynamlc
Variable* from Disk
Figure 7.   Flow chart of  the Main  Program  EHSMML

-------
                                   EHSMHC Subroutine
                                         EHSMDE
                                     Compute Denolty
                                     Barocllnlc Terms
                  EHSMB3
                  Advance
                 Veloeltle*
                                         EHSMED
                                     Compute Vertical
                                     Eddy Coefficients
                                         IHSMEX
                                         Advance
                                     External Variables
  Set Velocities
     u-U/H
     V-V/H
                  EHSMB4
             Compute Inertia! and
               Diffusion T»rnll
                                         EHSMSA
                                         Advance
                                          Sallnlly
                                          EHSMTE
                                          Advance
                                        Temperature
                                          Return
     EHSMD4
Compute (nerllal and
  Dllfuelon Terms
Figure 8,   Flow chart of  the Hydrodynamic  Subroutine  EHSMHC
                                           45

-------
                                   EHSMEX Subroulifie
                     No
                                   EHSMWS
                                      Set
                                  Wind Stresses
                                      T
                                    EHSMm
                                  Set RiverFlow
                                 Vetocily, Salinity
                                   EHSMTD
                                   Set Tidal
                                Surface Elevations
                                   EHSMFF
                                CompulB X-Sweep
                                 Forcing Terms
                                   EHSMZS
                                   Advance
                                External Variables
                                   EHSMFF
                                Compute Y-Sweep
                                 Forcing Terms
                                   EHSMZS
                                   Advance
                                External Variables
X - Sweep
Y - Sweep
       , N * t
                                                      Yes
Figure 9.   Flow chart of the  External Mode Subroutine EHSMEX
                                           46

-------
                         X - Sweep of EHSMB3 Subroutine
Comput*
Corlolli Term
1
i
EHSMTB
Compute
Bottom Stre»»
i

Comput* Matrix
Coefficient* (ot
u' (K):K • 1,KM
•

EHSMMt
Invert Matrix tor
u'(KJ:K • 1,KM
i

Compute u Velocity
u(K»fromu'(K), U
K • 1,KM
                                   Sot Boundary
                                   Conditions on
                                  Open Boundaries
Figure 10.   Flow chart of  the  Internal Mode  Subroutine EHSMB3

-------
                           X - Sweep of EHSMB4 Subroutine
                                        Begin DO
                                        I- 1,IM
                                        J- 1, JM
                                   Compute Local and
                                   Integrated Inertia!
                                     Terms: Ft, Fll
                                   Compute Local and
                                   Integrated Dlf lualon
                                   Termt:FOABC,FHD
                                            Ye»
Figure  11.  Flow chart  of the  Internal Mode Subroutine EHSMB4
                                        48

-------
                                   SECTION 3

                                 USER'S MANUAL
3.1  INTRODUCTION

     This section briefly describes the operation of the program, data
requirements, and the form of the output.  There are several operational modes
for 3-D and 2-D simulations discussed below.  The input data requirements are
briefly reviewed in general terms in Section 3.2 for project managers and
applications experts.  Specific data formats are reviewed in detail for
applications experts in Section 3.3.  Output information can be printed or
recorded in dimensionless or dimensional forms and a number of different
alternative output data files can be produced that are reviewed in Section 3.4
for applications experts.

      As discussed in previous sections, the HYDR03D program can simulate
time-dependent currents in coastal, estuarine, harbor, and lake waters.
Parameters simulated by the program include surface displacement (£")>
vertically integrated velocities (U,V), 3-D velocities (u,v,w), temperature
(T) ,  salinity (S), density (/?) , and dissolved species concentration (C).  The
code can be run as a fully 3-D model, or as a 2-D vertically integrated (x-y)
model.  In addition, the code has been designed to simulate 2-D laterally
integrated flows as an x-z model.  However, this option has not been fully
tested and it is not presently recommended for use (if such calculations are
necessary, users should contact the CEAM for guidance).

      Changing from 3-D mode to 2-D mode or vice versa, requires changing
three parameter statements in the include file, HYDR03D.INC, and a few input
parameters in the input file (*.INP, where * is an arbitrary file name
assigned by the user).   The file, HYDR03D.INC, is included with the source
code and has sufficient comments to explain to the user what parameters must
be changed.   See Section 3.3 for the parameters that should be specified in
the input file (*.INP).
3.2  Data .Requirements of the Program
  •  Data  required  to  initiate  the  simulation:

     1)  l|j|l§:|i||l!|;|fflal|iii§S that defines the horizontal boundaries and bottom
        topography of the computational domain.   The spatial scales of
        physical processes that the model can properly resolve depend on the

                                      49

-------
        grid  information  as well as  the  governing  equations.
     2)                       .  The  temporal  scales  of physical  processes  that
        the model can properly resolve depending on  the  time  step  information
                                          at  the beginning  of  the  simulation.
        These include the  flow variables  as well as  the water  quality
        parameters  (salinity, temperature, and concentration of  a  dissolved
        species) ,

   •  Data required to operate the program:
     1) ^^^ttlil^l^HlSl^iiiiSi-  These  include the  specification of
        fluxes of momentum, heat, and dissolved species at  the  air-sea
        interface as well as the bottom.  Alternatively,  these  conditions
        could be given in terms of the state  variables instead  of  their
        fluxes .
     /* \ *f-y₯^^'W'₯^'₯S*%f»y'*-f.*t-^                  mt     »  11  .1        * .c "  .«_»     j-   T * j
     2) m6gs§|?||!SJ2n|ga^|||0|^|.:|g3p||Si.  These include the specification  of solid
        boundaries, river flows, and open boundary conditions.  To run a
        successful simulation, valid boundary conditions  must be provided  at
        all times throughout during the simulation.

With  these data, the model can be used in a screening mode  to develop  an idea
about  the important processes that control circulation at a site.  This is
useful to aid in preliminary investigations and for designing calibration  data
collection studies.  The simulations, however, must be interpreted with care
until  the model is tested with calibration and validation data,

       The general procedure for calibrating and testing  the adequacy  of a
model  is as follows:

   •  Determine  study objectives,
   •  Define  the  subset  of objectives  to be  addressed by model studies,
   •  Collect historical data from monitoring or previous  studies,
   •  Attempt a preliminary calibration of the  model,
   •  Design  a calibration data  collection study based on  the preliminary
     calibration,
   •  Simulate conditions  during the  calibration period and compare  to
     determine  if  the preliminary calibration  is  sufficient (if it  is not,
     calibrate  the  model) ,
   •  If the  model  is  calibrated,  collect  a  second independent set  of  data for
     validation,
   •  Validate the model for the  limited range  of  conditions  defined by the
     calibration and validation data  sets  (if  the  model can not be  validated
     repeat  the  calibration step  and  collect more  validation data  for a second
     attempt) , and
   •  Determine uncertainty  in the calibrated model simulations  by sensitivity
     analysis.

See Ambrose et al. (1990) and Ambrose and Martin  (1990) for guidance on these
procedures ,

       Calibration is the process of changing  model parameters until  the

                                      50

-------
simulations match measured data.  Calibration is necessary because several
critical model parameters such as the Manning roughness coefficient and eddy
coefficients can not be adequately related to conditions at a site or forecast
without simulating the site and changing the parameters as need to match
selected conditions in the modeled domain.  This is especially necessary if
precise calculations are required, or if cause and effect relationships must
be defined with some care (and these relationships are sensitive to
hydrodynamics and transport).

       Calibration and validation consists of collecting two independent data
sets that define the distribution of currents, salinity, and temperature in
the study domain to be modeled.  Data must be collected at enough important
locations and with sufficient frequency to adequately define the phenomena of
interest.  Data collection procedures are essentially the same for collecting
calibration and validation data but the data sets must be collected
independently.  Occasionally, collection of only one data set for validation
may be possible if there is sufficient data available for a preliminary
calibration of the model.

     In practice, some studies only collect one set of data for model
calibration because of resource limitations.  These studies are useful but
care must be exercised if model results directly influence resource decisions.
Without validation testing,  it is not possible to accurately report
uncertainty in the model simulations (see Chapra and Reckhow 1983) .

       When calibrating and  validating a model,  some  care  is necessary to
compare model results and data.  Both the simulations and data collected
should describe the flow phenomena of interest at the same temporal and
spatial scales.  Field data should be collected over long enough periods at a
number of stations and properly averaged.  If necessary, simulations should be
averaged for consistent comparisons.   Field data collection sites should be
representative of selected parts of the water body being simulated or data
from several sites averaged to provide representative data.   In addition to
comparing averages, variances should be compared as well to evaluate the
dynamic response of the model.  See McCutcheon et al. (1990) for limited
guidance on statistical testing methods and criteria for simpler models.

       At this time,  there is  only limited guidance on the  data  necessary  to
calibrate a hydrodynamics model.   Ambrose and Martin (1990)  and Ambrose et al.
(1990) provide guidance on data collection for hydrodynamic model calibration
and validation for estuaries and that information is useful for lakes as well.
For this specific model,  Sheng (1983) provides a detailed study of the
Mississippi Sound that should be reviewed to determine the frequency and
spatial locations for calibration and validation sampling.   Each site will be
different,  however.  As a result,  it is not possible to foresee all
contingencies and recommend  comprehensive data collection procedures.

       In practice,  the  amount of  data that  should  be  collected  for  a  specific
study depends on many factors.  The primary factors include the resources
available,  objectives of the study,  flow conditions under study,  uncertainties
in the data,  and limitations of the model.   Generally, data should be
collected over sufficiently  long periods of time to define  the phenomena that

                                      51

-------
 control  the water body hydrodynamics.  If wind driven episodic events are of
 interest,  these  should be  documented with measurements from start to finish.
 If  spring  tides, or other  tidal conditions are important, sampling should take
 place during  these occurrences.  If long-term simulations are of interest,
 several  cruises  or data collection studies over important seasons or periods
 may be required.

       The best practice,  is to spend one to two weeks recording and
 reviewingstudy objectives, developing a subset of objectives to be addressed
 by  modeling,  and then design a modeling plan.  From the modeling plan, it
 becomes  clearly  how much and what kinds of data are necessary to calibrate and
 validate the  model.  Also, the planning clarifies how much time will be
 necessary.  Tentative sampling plans can be formulated and costs estimated at
 this point.   The first component of the modeling plan should include a
 preliminary calibration with historic data.  Following this the sampling plans
 and cost estimates should be revised.  This is the optimine time to estimate
 resource requirements.  After some experience is gained, this process can be
 streamlined somewhat.  However, it does not seem possible to fully estimate
 data requirements and costs using a manual like this without knowledge of
 specific study objectives and a modeling plan,


 3,3  Input Data  Description

       Most of the data are in a free format and this is denote by (*).   Other
 data formats  are as noted.

       At this time,  this  manual does not provide sufficient guidance on the
 ranges of data that parameters can be selected from.  For guidance,  users are
 referred to McCutcheon et al. (1990), Grey (1986), Sheng (1983) and a number
 of  studies using the model and earlier version of the code (Sheng et al. 1978,
 1986, 1989a,  1989b, 1989c; Sheng and Lick 1979,  1980; Sheng 1975,  1980,  1982,
 1984, 1986, 1987; Johnson et al. 1989; Smith and Cheng 1989).   In addition,
 other 2-D and 3-D modeling studies should be consulted as well.  Finally,
 users may wish to consult with the Center for Exposure Assessment Modeling,
 U.S EPA  Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA 30506 [(404) 546-3130,
 bulletin board (404) 546-3402].

   Following  are the data formats for each record line:

 #1     TITLE CARD:   ISTART(I4),  TITLE(A64)
   START;   Start up flag.
       - 0   New start, initial flow variables read from input device (file).
       — 1   Restart,  initial flow variables and salinity values read from
        discfile IR.
       -= 2   Special restart,  initial flow variables read from discfile IR but
        initial salinity values evaluated by interpolation from data at
        several stations.
   TITLE:  A brief description of the run,  e.g.,  Circulation in Green Bay.

#2 PHYSICAL CONSTANTS: XREF,  ZREF,  UREF,  COR,  GR,  ROO,  ROR,  TO,  TR (*)
   XREF:     Reference length in lateral direction,  usually the maximum

                                      52

-------
    ZREF:
    UREF:
    COR:

    GR;
    ROD;
    ROR:

    TO:

    TR:
dimension of the basin (cm).
Reference depth, usually the average depth of the basin (cm).
Reference velocity (usually 10 cm/sec for estuaries).
Coriolis acceleration (f — 20 sin ^; Q - angular velocity of the
earth;  is the latitude).
Gravitational acceleration (usually 981 cm/sec2) ,
Base water density or minimal density in the model domain (g/cm3) .
Reference water density,  e.g., density at 20°C and 30 ppt or
maximum density in the model domain (g/cm3) .
Base water temperature, e.g., 1°C or minimum temperature (°C) in
the model domain.
Reference water temperature, e.g., maximum temperature (°C) in the
model domain.
#3     EQUATION FLAGS: IVLCY, ITEMP, ISALT, ICC, IFI, IFA, IFB, IFC, IFD (*)
   IVLCY:  Velocity flag.
       — 0  Does not compute velocities and other hydrodynamic-variables,
       - 1  Computes velocities and other hydrodynamic variables.
   ITEMP:   Temperature flag.
       - 0  Does not compute temperature distribution.
       - 1  Computes temperature distribution.
   ISALT:   Salinity flag.
       — 0  Does not compute salinity.
       — 1  Computes salinity.
   ICC:     Concentration flag
       — 0  Does not compute dissolved species concentration.
       = 1  Computes dissolved species concentration.
   IFI:     Nonlinear inertia flag for the momentum equations.
       = 0  Does not compute nonlinear inertia terms in the equations.
       -= 1  Computes nonlinear inertia terms in conservative form with central
            differencing scheme.
       - 3  Computes nonlinear inertia terms in conservative form with second
            upwind differencing scheme.
       — 4  Computes nonlinear inertia terms in conservative form with
            combined central and upwind scheme.
   IFA:     Coefficient for group A of the higher-order lateral
            diffusion terms.
       = 0  Does not include one group A of the higher-order lateral diffusion
            terms.
       — 1  Includes one group A of the higher-order lateral diffusion terms.
   IFB :    Coefficient for group B of the higher-order lateral
        diffusion terms.
   IFC :    Coefficient for group B of the higher-order lateral
        diffusion terms.
   IFD :    Coefficient for the leading-order lateral diffusion terms
       — 0  Does not include lateral turbulent diffusion.
       — 1  Include the leading-order lateral diffusion terms.

#4     TEMPERATURE PARAMETERS:  BVR,  SI,  S2,  PR,  PRV,  TWE,  TWH,  FKB,  TQO (*)
   BVR:     Reference turbulent thermal eddy diffusivity (cm2/sec).
   S1,S2:   Empirical constants used in the simple variable vertical eddy
            coefficients.
                                      53

-------
   PR:
   PRV:

   TWE:
   TWH:
   FKB:

   TQO:

#5
CMAX,
   IVER:
       - 1
       - 2
   ICON:
       - 0
       = 1
     Turbulent Prandtl Number  (typically assigned a value of 1),
     Vertical turbulent Prandtl Number  (typically assigned a value of
     1).
     Initial temperature in the epilimnion or upper layer(°C),
     Initial temperature in the hypolimnion or upper layer(°C),
     Vertical grid  index of the initial thermocline location (not in
     use at this  time)
     Initial surface heat flux (cal/cm/cm/sec).
   IUBO

   IBL
   IBR
   JBM
   JBP
   CREF
   CMAX

   CO:
   IC1:
   IC2:
   JC1:
   JC2:
   ID1:
   ID2:
   JD1:
   JD2:
CONCENTRATION PARAMETERS: IVER, ICON, IUBO, IBL, IBR, JBM, JBP, CREF,
 CO, IC1, IC2, JC1, JC2, ID1, ID2, JD1,  JD2 (*)
     Vertical diffusion  flag.
     Explicit vertical diffusion  term for water quality equations.
     Implicit vertical diffusion  term for water quality equations.
     Advection flag for  water quality equations (similar  to IFI).
     Does not compute advection terms in the equations.
     Computes advection  terms in  conservative form with central
     differencing,
- 3  Computes advection  terms in  conservative form with second upwind
     differencing scheme.
= 4  Computes advection  terms in  conservative form with combined
     central and upwind  differencing scheme.
     Bottom orbital velocity flag (enter value of 0; not used at this
     time 0).
     Concentration computation does not have to he performed
     for the entire computational domain.  Instead, it can be
     done for a window that covers an area from I~IBL to
     I-IBR and from J=JBM to J=JBT,  initially.
     Reference species concentration (units determined by user).
     Maximum concentration allowed by the code (The run stops if Cmax
     is exceeded)
     Initial concentration (in units determined by user).
     Initial concentration field may be specified to
     be zero everywhere  in the computational domain except
     within two windows: the first one covers an area
     from I=IC1 to I-IC2 and from J-JCl to J-JC2.
     the second one from I=ID1 to I=ID2 and J=JDl to J=JD2.
#6     TURBULENCE PARAMETERS:  IEXP,  IAV,  AVR,  AVI,  AV2,  AVM,  AMR(*)
   IEXP:    Vertical eddy coefficient flag (see EHSMED.FOR and EHSMEZ.FOR for
            details).
       = 0  Constant eddy coefficient.  Must also set ISPAC(9) = 0,
The following options  are used with variable eddy coefficients, i.e.,  when
ISPAC(9) is nonzero.  See record #12 following.
       — -1 Richardson-number dependent on eddy coefficients with length scale
            linearly increasing from the bottom and surface.
       = 2  Richardson-number dependent eddy coefficients with length scale
            linearly increasing from the bottom.
       = -3 Eddy coefficients determined from simplified second-order
                                      54

-------
            turbulence closure model,
   IAV;     Reference vertical eddy viscosity flag.
       — 0  Input parameter AVR is used as reference eddy viscosity.
       - 1  Reference eddy viscosity is computed form AV1+TXY*AV2, where TXY
            is the total wind stress and AVI and AV2 are input parameters,
   AVR:     Reference vertical eddy viscosity (cmz/sec),
   AVI:     Background vertical eddy viscosity when wind is zero  (cma/sec).
   AV2:     If IAV — 1, urxstratifled vertical eddy viscosity is computed from
            AV1+TXY*AV2.
   AVM;     Minimum allowable vertical eddy coefficient (cm2/sec)•
   AHR:     Reference lateral turbulent eddy viscosity (cmz/sec).

#6A    MORE TURBULENCE PARAMETERS:  FM1, FM2,  ZTOP,  SLMIN,  QQMIN (*)
   FM1:     Empirical constant used in Richardson-number dependent eddy-
            coefficient formula.
   FM2:     Empirical constant used in Richardson-number-dependent eddy-
            coefficient formula.
   ZTOP:    Distance between the top of the computational domain  and the free
            surface (cm).
   SLMIN:   Minimum scale length (cm).
   QQMIN:   Minimum total turbulent velocity (cm/sec)).

#6B    MORE TURBULENCE PARAMETERS:  QCUT,  ICUT,  GAMAX,  GBMAX,  FZS, KSMALL (*)
   QCUT:    (Not used for now).
   ICUT:    Eddy coefficient parameter.
       = 0  Cutoff not operating.
       •* 1  Eddy coefficients below a sharp density gradient are  not allowed
            to exceed that at the sharp gradient.
   GAMAX:   Maximum vertical eddy viscosity (for u, v variables),(cm2/sec).
   GBMAX:   Maximum vertical eddy diffusivity (for B, t. variables),     (cm2/s
                                                                        ec)  .
   FZS:     The turbulence length scale is not allowed to exceed  the product
            of FZS and the depth.
   KSMALL:  A non-zero value of KSMALL implements a routine to the vertical
            eddy coefficients (a value of 1 is recommended).

#1     WIND PARAMETERS:  IWIND,  TAUX,  TAUY (*)
   IWIND :  Wind stress flag.
       - 0  Uniform wind stress specified by TAUX and TUAY.
       = 1  Variable wind stress read from file unit IR4.
   TAUX:    Wind stress at the air-sea interface in the x-direction.
   TAUY:    Wind stress at the air-sea interface in the y-direction.

#8     VERTICAL BOUNDARY  CONDITION  PARAMETERS:  ISMALL,  ISF, ISIE,  IBTM,  ITB,
       HADD, HMIN,  ZREFBN,  CTB,  BZ1,  HI,  H2 (*)
   ISMALL:  Small amplitude flag.
       - 0  Small amplitude assumption is invoked.  Surface elevation is not
            added to the depth to obtain the total depth.
       - 1  Small amplitude assumption is not invoked.  Surface elevation is
            included in the total depth.
   IBTM:    Bottom topography flag.
       = 0  Depth changes linearly from HI along the western  boundary to H2

                                      55

-------
             along the  eastern boundary.
       — 1   Depth changes  linearly  from HI along the  southern boundary  to H2
             along the  northern boundary.
       - 2   Depth deck (series of records) is read  in at  the end  of  this input
             stream.
       - 3   Components of  depth  (HU,HV,HS) are read from  discfile (unit 11).
    ITB  :     Bottom friction  flag.
       — 1   Linear stress  law with  no slip condition  is employed.
       > 3   Quadratic  stress  law is employed.
    HADD:     Constant datum added to the depth at all  locations.
    HMIN:     Minimum depth,
       — 0.  No adjustment  on  the depth data.
       > 0.  Depth cannot be less than HMIN.
    ZREFBN:   Reference  height  above  the bottom (ZREFB  - ZREFN * BZ1/ZREF).
    CTB:      Constant bottom friction coefficient (.004 to 0.4).   Also see
             JSPAC(2) on record #12.  CTB is only used if  a constant  friction
             or drag coefficient  is  requested by setting JSPAC(2)  = 0.
    BZl  :     Constant bottom roughness height (0.1 cm  to 0.5 cm).
    HI:       Depth along one boundary (cm).
    H2:       Depth along the opposing boundary (cm).

#8A   ZREFTN, TZl, SSSO (*)
    ZREFTN;   Reference  height  at  the top (cm).
    TZl  :     Constant surface  roughness height (cm).
    SSSO:     Initial uniform surface elevation (dimensionless divided by Sr =
    fu).                 sr = fUrXr/g.
#9     LATERAL BOUNDARY CONDITION FLAGS:  ITIDE,  IOPEN, JWIND,  IJLINE (*)
    ITIDE :   Tidal  forcing  flag.
       •=0   No tidal forcing.
       — 1   With  tidal forcing and  constituent tide boundary condition  (This
             option is  currently  inactive).
       — 2   With  tidal forcing and  tabular tide boundary condition.
       — 3   Surface water  elevations are prescribed.
    IOFEN :   Open boundary  flag. A 4-digit number that indicates whether there
             are open boundaries along the west-south-east-north sides of the
             computational  domain.   Zero indicates no open boundary and  1
             indicates  open boundary.  For example,  1010 means open boundaries
             on west and east.
   JWIND :   Open boundary  flag in case of wind forcing only.
    IJLINE:  Number of  open boundary lines along which tidal forcing
             information is to be specified,

#10    FOR EACH IJLINE, IF IJLINE.GT.O, READ:IJGAGE, IJDIR,  IJROW, IJSTRT,
       IJEND (*)
   IJGAGE:  Gage number. Not  important.
   IJDIR:   Direction  of the  line segments along which tidal data are
            prescribed. In case of constituent tides,  IJDIR = 1 indicates  the
            x-direction while IJDIR — 2 indicates the y-direction. In case of
            tabular tides, IJDIR •=  (1,2,3,4)  indicates
             (west,south,east,north),
   IJROW :  Row/column index of the line  segment,
   IJSTRT:  Grid index of the starting point on IJROW.

                                      56

-------
    IJEND  :   Grid  index  of  the  ending point  on  IJROW.

#11   (ISPAC(I),1-1,10) (*)
    (1)  :     Disk  output flag,
       - 0   No  output to diskfile  (unit  IW).
       > 0   Every ISPAC(l)-th  time-step, output are written  to  diskfile.
    (2)  :     Smoothing flag,
       - 0   No  smoothing is applied.
       > 0   Every ISPAC(2)-th  time-step, apply smoothing  to  salinity.
    (3)  :     Open  Boundary  flag for elevation.
       - 0   Prescribed  surface elevation on open boundary.
       > 0   Surface elevation  has zero slope on open boundary.
       < 0   Surface elevation  satisfies  radiation condition  on  open boundary.
    (4)  ;     Open  Boundary  flag for mass  flux.
       - 0   Compute tangential mass flux from  equations of motion.
       < 0   Tangential  mass flux - 0.
       > 0   Tangential  mass flux has zero slope in normal direction.
    (5)  :     Open  Boundary  flag for advection/diffusion terms.
       «= 0   Computes advection/diffusion terms on open boundary.
       > 0   Set advection/diffusion terms to zero on open boundary.
    (6)  :     2-D flag.
       = 0   Performs the x-sweep and the y-sweep.
        > 0  Performs the x-sweep only.
       < 0   Performs the y-sweep only.
    (7)  :     Basin geometry flag.
       - 0   Grid  indices NS, HS, JU1, JU2, JV1, JV2, IU1, IU2,  IV1, IV2, are
             determined  from the depth arrays in EHSMI*.FOR routines.
       = 1   Previously  determined grid indices are read from discfile  (unit
             12).
    (8) :     Smoother flag.
       =0   No smoother  is applied.
       > 0   Every  ISPAC(8)-th  step, smoothing  is applied to the velocity
field.
    (9) :    Vertical eddy  coefficient flag.
       = 0   Constant vertical  eddy coefficients,
       - 1  Variable vertical  eddy coefficients computed from EHSMED and
             EHSMEZ routines.
    (10):    Residual current flag.
       — 0   Does not compute Eulerian residual currents,
       — 1   Computes Eulerian  residual currents.  See subroutine EHSMRS.

#12    (JSPAC(I),  1-1,  10)  (*)
    (1) :    Dimensionality flag.
       •= 0  All output  in dimensionless units,
       - 1  All output  in c.g.s. unit.(Does not work at this time),
    (2) :    Bottom friction coefficient flag,
       - 0   Constant bottom friction coefficient is specified by CTB,  See
Record #8.
       = 1  Variable bottom friction coefficient is computed in EHSMEX and
            EHSMBC routines based on the law of the wall.
    (3) :    Coriolis acceleration terms.
       	1 No Coriolis flag,

                                      57

-------
       - 0  Coriolis acceleration terms are evaluated.
    (4)  :    Dummy flag used to check steady state termination.
    (5)  :    Open boundary salinity flag.
       - 0  Prescribed salinity is used along open boundary during inflow.
       - 1  Prescribed salinity is used in a 1-D advection equation to obtain
            the salinity along open boundary during inflow.
    (6)      Dummy flag.
    (7)      Dummy flag.
    (8)      Bottom friction flag for the 2-D vertically-integrated version
 (KM-1).
       - 0  Explicit bottom friction.
       — 1  Implicit bottom friction.
    (9):     Open boundary flag for salinity and temperature (To be used later
            for thermally stratified flow. > 1 will include salinity time
            varying data; - 2 Freeze open boundary salinity to initial
            values).
    (10):    Include initial values for salinity at interior nodes (stations).

#13    (RSPAC(I),  1=1,  10)  (*)
    (1):     Manning's n in association with other parameters in c.g.s. units.
    (2):     Dummy parameter.
    (3):     An small number used in checking the convergence to steady-state
            (0.0001 is recommended).
    (4)  :    An small number used in checking the convergence to steady-state
            (0.0001 is recommended).
    (5)  ;    Dummy parameter.
    (6)  ;    Dummy parameter.
    (7):     Depth below which the bottom friction coefficient follows a ramp
            function (see EHSMTB.FOR).
    (8);     When depth falls below RSPAC(7),  the bottom friction coefficient
            is
            linearly interpolated between the one computed in EMSKTB and
            RSPAC(B).
    (9):     Coefficient for the spatial smoother (0.25 is recommended).
    (10):    Coefficient for the curvature check of the spatial smoother (4 is
            recommended,  See Sheng (1983)), p.  258.

#14    TIME-STEPPING PARAMETERS:  ISTEP,  111,  IT2,  ITS,  DELT, DELTMIN,  DELTMAX,
       EPSILON,  BUFAC, WTS,  WTU, WTV (*)
   ISTEP:   Time-stepping flag.
       — 0  Constant time-step is used in the time-integration of the finite-
            difference equations.
       - 1  Dynamic time-stepping is used.  At the end of each time-step,  the
            total weighted maximum rate of change of the major variables  is
            compared with EPSILON.   If the rate of change is less than
            EPSILON,  the time-step is allowed to increase by 10% to 20%.
            Otherwise,  the time-step is cut back proportional  to the ratio of
            EPSILON and the rate of change.
   IT1:     Initial time index.   NOTE IT1 - 1 when beginning a simulation
            (ISTART -0).   If a simulation is being restarted (ISTART - 1 or
            2),  IT1 should be set equal to the  value IT2 in the previous  run
            plus 1.
                                      58

-------
    IT2:     Final  time  index,
    ITS:     Ratio  of  the  internal time-step to the external time- step.

    BELT:    Initial time-step  (seconds).  For constant time stepping this  is
            the time  step used.
    DELTMIN; Minimum allowable  time-step when dynamic time-stepping is used.
    DELTMAX: Maximum allowable  time-step when dynamic time-stepping i s used.
    EPSILON: Maximum allowable  rate of change of major variables  (5% or 0.05 is
            recommended).
    BUFAC;   When rate of change exceeds BUFAC*EPSILON, the run stops.
    WTS:     Weighting factor for surface elevation when computing EPSILON  (0.1
            is recommended)
    WTU:     Weighting factor for surface u-velocity when computing EPSILON (1.
            is recommended).
    WTV:     Weighting factor for surface v-velocity when computing EPSILON (1.
            is recommended).

#15    PRINTOUT PARAMETERS:  ITEST,  IP1,  IP2,  IP3,  IPU,  IPW,  IPA,  IPB,  ID, JPA,
       JPB, JD, KPA,  KPB,  KD (*)
    ITEST  :  Testing/debugging  flag.
       = 0  Operational run with minimal output information to printer.
       = 1  Test run with extra output to the printer.
       - 3  Creates time history file (*.SUV) that contains major variables at
            selecting stations and vertical levels.  See Cards #20 and #21.
            Time index  interval for brief printout.
            Time index  interval for total printout.
            Time index  interval for printout within each internal step
   IP1
   IP2
   IF3
(unused]
   IPU

   IPW

   IPA
   IPB
   ID:

   JPA
   JPB:
   JD:
   KPA
   KPB
   KD:
                                               IPU
 0 turns off printing and

0 turns off printing and
Horizontal velocity printout flag.
IPU •= 1 activates printing.
Vertical velocity printout flag.  IPW
IPU = 1 activates printing.
First index for x-direction printout.
First index for y-direction printout.
The printout does not have to cover the entire computational
domain.
Instead, the printout goes from I=IPA to I=IPB, every ID-th
spacing in the x-direction, print information in y-direction
from J-=JPA to J-JPB, every JD-th spacing in the y-direction.
First index for z-direction printout.
Last index for z-direction printout.
Time index interval for z-direction printout.
#16    PRINTOUT FORMAT FLAGS:  IGI,  IGH,  IGT,  IGS,  IGU,  IGW,  IGC,  IGQ,  IGL,
       IGR,  IGRI,  IGTB (*)
   IGI :     Printout format flag for initial data.
       -  0  Procedures digital printout (via EHSMWR routine) of initial data.
       =  1  Procedures simple contour plot (via EHSMGR routine) of initial
data.
   IGH :     Printout flag for depth arrays.
       =-1  Does not print depth arrays.
       •=  0  Procedures digital printout of depth arrays.
                                      59

-------
       - 1
   IGT
   IGS
   IGU

   IGW

   IGC
   IGQ

   IGL
   IGR
   IGRI
   IGTB
             Procedures  graphical printout  of  depth  arrays.
             Printout format  flag for  temperature variables  (Same  as  IGI).
             Printout format  flag for  surface  elevation  (Same  as IGI),
             Printout format  flag for  mass  flux and  velocity and integrated
             velocity in the  horizontal  direction  (Same  as IGI).
             Printout format  flag for  and velocity and integrated  velocity  in
             the  vertical direction  (Same as IGI).
             Printout format  flag for  concentration  variables  (Same as  IGI).
             Printout format  flag for  turbulent velocity. Set  to <0 or  >1 to
             turn off printing.
             Printout format  flag for  turbulent scale. Same  as IGQ.
             Printout format  flag for  density  field.
             Printout format  flag for  Richardson number.
             Printout format  flag for  bottom stress.
   ICI
   IWC
ICONC).
#17    DISKFILE INFO: IRD, IV, IWR, ICI, IWC, ICONC, IWS, IREAD, IR4 (*)
   IRD;     Unit number of input diskfile for storing arrays of major flow
            variables.
   IW;      Unit number of output  diskfile for storing arrays of major  flow
            variables.
   IWR  :    Output flag for arrays of minor flow variables.
       - 0  Does not writes to diskfile unit IW.
       = 1  Writes to diskfile unit IW every ISPAC(l)-th steps. In case of
            dynamic time-stepping, writes to diskfile every time break
            specified by TBRK on data set (record) #19.
            Concentration input flag.
         0  Does not read concentration field from diskfile unit ICONC.
         1  Reads concentration field from diskfile (unit ICONC).
            Concentration output flag.
         0  Does not write concentration field to the output diskfile (unit

       - 1  Writes concentration field to output diskfile unit ICONC.
   ICONC  :  Unit number of diskfile for storing concentration variables.
   IWS  ;    Unit number of diskfile for storing Eulerian residual variables.
   IREAD  :  If IVLCY = 0 and ICC > 0, reads flow variables from unit IR
            diskfile every IREAD-th steps.
   IR4  ;    Unit number of the wind stress file.

#18    3 MAJOR I/O FILENAME:  FNAME (6A4)
   FNAME  :  A six-element vector specifying the names of (1) the input
            diskfile for flow variables, (2) the output diskfile for flow
            variables, and (3) the diskfile for concentration variables,

#19    TIME BREAKS FOR STORING MAJOR OUTPUT  ARRAYS:  (TBRK(I),1=1,10)  (*)
   TBRK:    Time breaks (in hours) at which major flow output will be stored
            on file unit IW.  Only used when ISTEP •= 1.
       > 0. Hours at which flow data are written to file unit IW.
       < 0. Run is stopped after flow data at ABS(TBRK)  hour are dumped to
            file unit IW.

#20    TIMEFILE (UNIT 18)  GAGE STATIONS:  NSTA, NRANGE, NFREQ (*)
   NSTA:    Number of stations (not to exceed NSTATS in HYDR03D.INC)  where
                                      60

-------
            major flow variables are stored on a timefile  (*.SUV).  No data
            stored on timefile  if NSTA - 0.
   NRANGE:  Dummy flag.
   NFREQ  :  Flow data are stored on timefile every NFREQ steps.

#21    IF(NSTA.GT.O) READ :  IST(K), JST(K) ,  KST(K),  STATID(K)(314, A48)
   1ST  :    x-Grid index of the timefile gage stations. Proceeds  to read river
            info cards (records) when a zero 1ST is detected.
   JST  :    y-Grid index of the timefile stations.
   KST  ;    z-Grid index of the timefile stations.
   STATID:  A 48-character title for each of the timefile stations.
#22    RIVER INFO: NRIVER (*)
   NRIVER:  Total number of river stations in the computational domain, not to
            exceed NRIVRS specified in HYDR03D.INC.

#22A   FOR EACH NRIVER.GT.O,  READ:  IRIVER, JRIVER,  LRIVER, URIVER, VRIVER (*)
   IRIVER:  Grid index  (of a river station) in the x-direction.
   JRIVER:  Grid index  (of a river station) in the y-direction.
   LRIVER:  Alignment index of a river station.
       - 1  River flows in the x-direction.
       - 2  River flows in the y-direction.
       < 0  Read time-varying river flow rate from a disc file.
   URIVER:  Volumetric  flow rates in ft3/sec for rivers with LRIVER=1.
   VRIVER:  Volumetric  flow rates in ft3/sec for rivers with LRIVER=2.

#23    INITIAL VERTICAL PROFILES OF SALINITY,  TEMPERATURE, AND CONCENTRATION
       ALONG THE OPEN (WEST-SOUTH-EAST-NORTH)  BOUNDARIES:
       IF (ISALT.NE.O)  READ (SABW(K),SABS(K),SABE(K),SABN(K),K=1,KM) (*)
       (Note that ISALT Is defined in Record # previously)

#23A,B,C    IF ISALT.NE.O, READ NUMBER OF INITIAL SALINITY STATIONS: NISS
            IF (NISS.GT.O) READ THE FOLLOWING CARDS FOR N=1,NISS
            ISS(N), JSS(N), NDEPTH(N), TDEPTH(N)
            (ZDEPTH,(K,N), K-l, NDEPTH(N))
            (ZSAL(K,N), K-l,  NDEPTH(N))
   ZSEDI:   Concentration data at each depth level of a station
   ISS :    I-grid index of the salinity station.
   JSS :    J-grid index of the salinity station.
   NDEPTH:  Number of depth levels at which salinity data are to be specified.
   TDEPTH:  Total water depth at the salinity station.
   ZDEPTH:  Depth measured from the water surface at each depth level of a
            station. The units of TDEPTH and ZDEPTH must be the same (c.g.s.
            or f.p.s.).
   ZSAL:    Salinity data at each depth level of a station.#24INITIAL VERTICAL
PROFILES OF TEMPERATURE ALONG THE OPEN (WEST-SOUTH-EAST-NORTH) BOUNDARIES:
            IF (ITEMP.NE.O) READ (TBtf(K),  TBS(K), TBE(K),  TBN(K),  K-l,KM

#24A,B,C    IF ITEMP.NE.O, READ NUMBER OF INITIAL TEMPERATURE: NITT
            IF (NITT.GT.O) READ THE FOLLOWING CARDS FOR N=l, NITT
            ISST(N), JSST(N), NDEPTT(N), TDEPTT(N)
            (ZDEPTT(K,N),  K-l,  NDEPTT(N))

                                      61

-------
             (ZTEM(K.N), K-l, NDEPTT(N))
    ISST:     I-Grid  index  of the  temperature station.
    JSST:     J-grid  index  of the  temperature station.
    NDEPTT:   Number  of  depth levels at which temperature data are to be
             specified.
    TDEPTT;   Total water depth at the temperature station.
    ZDEPTT:   Depth measured from  the water surface at each depth level of a
             station.   The units  of TDEPTT and ZDEPTT must be the same (c.g.s.
             or f.p.s.)
    ZTEM:     Temperature data at  each depth level of a station.

#25   INITIAL VERTICAL PROFILES OF CONCENTRATION ALONG THE OPEN (WEST-SOUTH-
       EAST-NORTH) BOUNDARIES
       IF (ICONC.NE.O)  READ (CBW(k),  CBS(k),  CBE(k),  CBN(k),  K-l,  KM)

#25A,B,C     IF ICONC.NE.O, READ NUMBER OF INITIAL CONCENTRATIONS; NISSS
             IF (NISSS.GT.O) READ THE FOLLOWING CARDS FOR N=l, NISSS
             ISSS(N), JSSS(N), NDEPTS(N), TDEPTS(N),
             (ZDEPTHS(K,N), K-l, NDEPTHS(N))
             (ZSEDI(K,N),  K-l, NDEPTHS(N))
    ISSS;     I-grid  index  of the concentration station
    JSSS:     J-grid  index  of the concentration station
    NDEPTHS:  Number  of  depth levels at which concentration data are to be
             specified
    TDEPTHS:  Total water depth at the concentration stations
    ZDEPTHS:  Depth measured from the water surface at each depth level of a
             station.   The units of TDEPTHS and ZDEPTHS must be the same
             (c.g.s, or f,p.s.)
    ZSAL:     Salinity data at each depth level of a station.

#26    TIDAL BOUNDARY CONDITION PARAMETERS:  NCG,  NCONST,  XYEAR,  XMONTH,  XDAY,
XHOUR (*)
    NCG :     When ITIDE =  1, total number of tidal gages (not to exceed NTIDE
             specified  in HYDR03D.INC) where constituent tide information are
             to be specified. Since the constituent tide option does not work,
             there is no need to specify the following 4 groups of cards (#25
             through #28).  If ITIDE = 2, tabular tide information are to be
             read (#29  through #31).
    NCONST:   Total number of tidal constituents to be used (not to exceed NCNST
             in HYDRO3D.INC).
   XYEAR  :   The year at the beginning of the constituent tidal record.
   XMONTH:   The month  at the beginning of the constituent tidal record.
   XDAY:     The day at the beginning of the constituent tidal record.
   XHOUR  :   The hour at the beginning of the constituent tidal record.

#26A   INDEX NUMBER  OF  TIDAL CONSTITUENTS:  (NCST(NCI),1=1.NCONST)  (*)
   NCST:     Index number of tidal constituents.
             FOR EACH (J=1,NCG), READ #26B,27,28:

#26B  KNGAGE(J),HO(J),XLONG(J)  (*)

#27   TIDAL AMPLITUDES:  (AMP(I,KNGAGE(J)),1-1,NCONST)  (*)

                                      62

-------
#28    TIDAL PHASES: (XKAPPA(I,KNGAGE(J)),1-1,NCONST) (*)
   KNGAGE:  Tidal gage number.
   HO:      Gage datum or mean sea level relative to depth datum,
   XLONG  :  Longitude of tidal gage.
   AMP  :    Constituent tidal amplitudes, in the same order as chosen by NCST,
   XKAPPA:  Constituent local epochs.  Set XLONG
used.
                                                0 if Greenwich epochs are
#29
   1
#30
#31
(*)
TP:
   J:
       TABULAR TIDE DATA (PERIOD):  (TP(I),1-1,NCONST)  (*)
            Tabular tidal periods along four boundaries (in seconds).
       (AMP, PHASE)ON(WEST AND EAST):  J, NC,  AMPW,  PHW,  CAW,  AMPE,  PHE,  CAE
       (AMP, PHASE)ON(SOUTH AND NORTH):  I,  NC,  AMPS,  PHS,  CAS,  AMPN,  PHN,  CAN
                                                           If J < 0,  exit
            y-grid along the western and eastern boundaries.
            the read loop.
   NC:      Tidal constituent index.  Must be less or equal to NCONST.
   AMPW     Tidal amplitude at certain J along the western boundary,
   PHW      Tidal phase at certain J along the western boundary.
   CAW      Constant tidal amplitude added to AMPW.
   AMPE     Tidal amplitude at certain J along the eastern boundary.
   PHE      Tidal phase at certain J along the eastern boundary.
   CAE      Constant tidal amplitude added to AMPE.
   I:       X-grid index along the southern and northern boundaries.  If I<0,
            exit the read loop.
   NC:      Tidal constituent index.  Must be less than or equal to NCONST,
   AMPS:    Tidal amplitude at certain I along the southern boundary.
   PHS ;    Tidal phase at certain I along the southern boundary.
   CAS :    Constant tidal amplitude added to AMPS.
   AMPN:    Tidal amplitude at certain I along the northern boundary.
   PHN :    Tidal phase at certain I along the northern boundary,
   CAN :    Constant tidal amplitude added to AMPN.
#32    NUMBER OF THIN-WALL BARRIER:   NEAR (*)
   NEAR:    Total number of thin-wall barriers.
#32A   FOR EACH NBAR.GT.O.  READ:  IJBDIR(I),  IJBROW(I),  IJBSTR(I),  IJBEND(I)
(*)
   IJBDIR;  Direction of the thin-wall barrier
        = 1 The thin-wall barrier is along the x-direction
        - 2 The thin-wall barrier is along the y-direction
            Grid index of the row/column where the thin wall barrier is
   IJBROW
located.
   IJBSTR
   IJBEND
         Starting grid index of the  barrier  along IJBROW
         Ending grid index of the  barrier  along  IJBROW
#33    LATERAL GRID MAPPING:  IGRID,  XMAP,  ALREF, ALYREF (*).
   IGRID :   Horizontal grid index,
       - 0   Uniform horizontal grid.  Skips cards  (records)  #34 through #36.
       ™ 1   User-specific non-uniform horizontal grid.   Grid information read
            from unit 14 file.
       = 2   Exponentially stretched horizontal grid.
   XMAP:    Mapping ratio of the physical domain and the computational domain.
                                      63

-------
   ALREF  :  Reference length in the x-direction of the computational domain.
   ALYREF:  Reference length in the y-direction of the computational domain.

#34    VARIABLE GRID MAPPING IN X DIRECTION: NCR,  ALPHA1 (*)
   NRG  :    Total number of mapping regions in the x-direction.
   ALPHAl:  Counter index of the first cell (usually 1).
#34A   FOR EACH NRG,  READ VARIABLE GRID MAPPING IN X DIRECTION:  LPR,  A,  B,  C
(*)
   LPR :    Total number of cells in a grid region.
   A:       Coefficient of the coordinate-stretching equation:
            X - A + B (ALPHA) ** C
   B:       Coefficient of the coordinate-stretching equation.
   C:       Exponent of the coordinate-stretching equation.

#35    VARIABLE GRID  MAPPING Y DIRECTION: NRG,  ALPHAl (*)
   NRG ;    Total number of mapping regions in the y-direction.
   ALPHAl:  Counter index of the first cell (usually 1).

#36    FOR EACH NRG,READ VARIABLE GRID MAPPING  IN Y DIRECTION: LPR, A, B, C
(*)
   LPR :    Total number of cells in a grid region.
   A:       Coefficient of the coordinate-stretching equation :
            Y - A + B* (ALPHA) ** C
   B:       Coefficient of the coordinate-stretching equation.
   C:       Exponent  of the coordinate-stretching equation.

#37  IF IBTM=2, READ  BATHYMETRY DECK: ((HS(J,  I), 1=2,  IM), J=2, JM)  (*)
                                      64

-------
3.4 MODEL OUTPUT

      This section discusses the creation of output files and the form of
information available to the user.  During the simulation, certain files will
be used as input, some files will be created as temporary scratch files, and
there will be some output files created.  Manipulation of unit numbers and the
names of these files are controlled in the input file (*.INP, reviewed in the
last section) and/or the run file (RUN.COM).  There are options to control the
dimensions of the output data and these are also covered in the previous
section.  For some additional detail, the reader should also refer to Section
3.3 and Section 5.

      In the HYDR03D code, there are two options to control the dimensions of
the output data.  One option records the output in dimensionless form and the
other records the information in a dimensional form (i.e, with physical units
of measurement).  The option to record the output in dimensional units
involves a separate program that reads the standard output in dimensionless
units, and converts to the final dimensional form.    The conversion is
controlled by flags in the input data file.

      The HYDR03D program reads the input files and produce several output
files.  These output files are controlled and produced by flags defined in the
input file (*.INP) and by the proper files assigned in the run file (RUN.COM).
To aid in bookkeeping and cataloging of results from different simulations,
the output files created by the model use the name of the input data set with
a unique extension as follows:
                                      65

-------
 Created for
File name  all Runs
                                  Purpose
*.OUT
          yes
*.suv

*.DAT
yes
GRID.PAR  yes

CONG.OUT

WIND.INP


*.IWX     yes

*.TEMP
*.SAL
*,VEL

BOUND.DAT

*,RES.
yes
Contains an "echo" of the input data including Initial
and boundary conditions, some computed results, and any
error messages.  Values are either in graphic or
numeric form depending on flags assigned in the input
file (*.INP, see Section 3.3),
Contains time-dependent information calculated at
assigned stations where the outputs are desired.
Needed when ISTART - 1 or 2 and contains initial
computations that can be used in subsequent simulation
runs.
Contains bathymetry information needed for graphic
presentation.
Contains output of dissolved species concentration and
will be created if applicable.
Contains information regarding wind shear stress
calculated in advance using WINDSHEAR.FOR and wind data
(from file WIND.DAT).
Stores the total number of runs applied to a specific
problem.
Created in during the simulation of thermally
stratified flow and contains temperature data required
for graphic presentations.
Contains output of salinity computations.
Contains general output information to be used In
vector and contour plotting programs.
Contains water surface elevation data prescribed at the
open boundaries.
Stores Eulerian residual velocity arrays.
Note that * denotes a user defined name that will be selected by the program
to match the input data file name.

      Files not created in all HYDR03D runs are created only for specialized
simulations.  For a detailed explanation of these files the reader is referred
to Section 5.6 of this manual.
                                      66

-------
                                   SECTION 4

                                 CASE STUDIES
      In this section, several applications of the model are presented for the
purpose of illustrating the utility of the program and the feasibility of its
use in several diverse settings.  Although limited field data are available
for direct comparison with model results, much can be learned about the model
performance by analyzing the general and specific results from site specific
simulations.  The sites chosen for these case studies include, Suisun Bay of
San Francisco Bay, Charlotte Harbor in Florida, Green Bay of Lake Michigan,
Prince William Sound, and Mississippi Sound.  In addition, the case studies
begin with a comparison with a simple analytical solution that illustrates the
general validity of the program.  Appendix D is a related type of case study
that is used to illustrates the structure and format of the input and output
data sets.  The study described in Appendix D is a simulation of wind driven
currents in an hypothetical enclosed basin.

      The specific objectives of this Section are to:

  • Illustrate  the feasibility of using  the program in several important  types
    of water  bodies,
  • Describe  the  results  that  may be  obtained from  screening-level  studies,
  • Demonstrate the options  available,
  • Document  the  validity of the  program,  and
  • Show how  the  model has been calibrated in at  least one study.

To illustrate the feasibility of using this model in diverse bodies of water
we have selected studies from Prince William Sound, Alaska (site of the March
24, 1989 Oil Spill), Suisun Bay of the San Francisco Bay, Mississippi Sound
and adjacent deep waters of the Gulf of Mexico, the partially mixed Charlotte
Harbor on the west coast of Florida,  and Green Bay off of Lake Michigan.
Prince William Sound is relatively deep, though not as deep as the waters of
the Gulf of Mexico off the Mississippi Sound.  Tide ranges in Prince William
Sound are typically 3 to 5 m (12 to 15 feet).  Use of the model in a screening
mode for the emergency response to the EXXON Valdez spill was a primary
consideration in the selection of Prince William Sound as a case study.  The
complex bathymetry and the unique influence of San Francisco Bay on many
aspects  of the American economy and culture are the appealing attributes of
the study in Suisun Bay.   Charlotte Harbor is a partially mixed,  shallow
estuary of a classical type (see Ambrose and Martin 1990).  The Harbor is
significantly influenced by freshwater flow and has moderate tides of a few
feet.   Both San Francisco Bay and eastern estuaries like Charlotte Harbor
(i.e., Tampa Bay and Sarasota Bay) are expected to be important in the U.S.
EPA National Estuaries Studies.  The Green Bay study explores the effects of

                                      67

-------
 wind and river flow on circulation  in  a  seriously  contaminated part of the
 U.S.-Canadian Great Lakes  where  a number of  studies are underway.

       In addition to the case  studies  selected, there are a number of other
 studies  that  demonstrate the adaptability of the model to many different
 sites, including other critically important  sites.  These include recent work
 by Smith and  Cheng (1989)  in San Pablo Bay adjacent to Suisun Bay.  Johnson et
 al.  (1989)  used a significantly  modified z-grid model in Chesapeake Bay.
 Sheng et al.  (1978)  made a realistic application of an early version the model
 to Lake  Erie  that produced very  satisfactory agreement with measured data.

       Curvilinear versions of  the model  have also been applied to the James
 River Estuary (Sheng et al. 1989a), in Lake  Okeechobee (1989c) where a version
 of this  o--stretched model  is also being  implemented for a comprehensive test,
 and  other sites  by the Corps of  Engineers (Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbor and
 Humboltd Bay  in California).

       The validity of the  code is supported  by the comparison with a simple
 analytical  solution  in Section 4.1, as well  as the other case studies where
 various  options  have  been  explored.  In  addition, Appendix D illustrates that
 reasonable  results  are possible  for shallow  water conditions.  However, these
 are  not  the primary  studies by which the validity of the code has been
 assessed.   Other comparisons with analytical solutions and laboratory data are
 presented in  Sheng and Lick (1980) and Sheng (1983).

       Studies by Smith and Cheng (1989), including others to be reported in
 the  summer  of  1990;  studies reported by  Zakikhani et al.  (1989); and studies
 by the Corps  of  Engineers  (e.g., see Johnson et al. 1989),  are also
 noteworthy.  These studies, although influenced by the primary architect of
 the  model,  indicate  that the code is sound and useful enough for other
 investigators to  implement.  It  is hoped that this documentation will
 accelerate  the use of the  program and others like it by other investigators
 who  need  to understand effects of circulation in water-quality studies.

      There are  several case studies included in this section that are not
 complete  calibrations  of the program.   The study in Prince  William Sound was
 purposely designed as  a feasibility investigation and it is reported as such.
 The  study of Green Bay is  in an early stage of calibration  where the model has
 been calibrated  and checked out with historic data, as recommended earlier in
 this manual.  The  studies  of Suisun Bay and Charlotte Harbor were selected to
 demonstrate the use of several option and the general implementation of the
 program.   These  studies were examples from a workshop found in Sheng et al.
 (1986) and  the reviewers point out,  as do the written sections,  that these
 studies do not provide definitive conclusions about the circulation in Suisun
 Bay  and Charlotte Harbor.  The same can be said of the feasibility study in
 Prince William Sound and the preliminary calibration in Green Bay.   However,
 the  case  study for Mississippi Sound does represent an adequate calibration of
 the model and is useful for that reason.   Both project mangers and
 applications experts should benefit for the brief review given for the
Mississippi Sound calibration and applications experts may  wish to examine the
                                      68

-------
 details  of  the  application.   Review of  the  case  study  in  this  section should
 provide  an  adequate  idea  of  the  data requirements  and  the intensity of the
 calculations.
4.1   COMPARISON WITH A  ONE-DIMENSIONAL ANALYTICAL SOLUTION

       In  this  section a comparison was made between the applications  of
HYDR03D and  a  one -dimensional  analytical solution for standing waves  in
rectangular  basins.  A  square  basin with sides of 50 km in  length  and a  depth
of 10 meters deep, and  with one  open boundary along y-axis  was used.   The open
boundary  was subjected  to  a sinusoidally oscillating wave forcing  with an
amplitude of f0 - 10 cm and a wave frequency w = 2 w/12.

       The linearized governing equation for a one dimensional standing wave  in
a rectangular  basin, assuming  that the flow is incompressible and  inviscid,
and the water  depth is  shallow compared to wave amplitude,  is given as (Lynch
and Gray, 1978) :

                 i£  +  h  —   -  o
                 5t        **                                              (63)
                 flu        ar    n
                 -at  + &   a x    °
The boundary conditions are :
             f  (x=L, t)  = ro
             U (x=0, t) - 0                                                (65)
The variables were defined in Section 2 and Appendix A.

      A steady-state solution these equations may be obtained using the method
of separation of variables as:

                       Cos(kx)
          f(x,t) - To  -  sinwt                                      (66)
                       Cos(kl)

                        gk   sin(kx)
         u(x,t) - - j-   —    -   Cos(wt)                              (67)
                        «     Cos(kl)

                                                       w
where h is the water depth, and the wave number k «=  -  is the wave
                                                    (gh)1'2)
number.

      To obtain a numerical solution, the flow domain was divided with 5 grid
lines in each lateral directions resulting in 25 grid cell s of size of 10 x
10 km.  Other parameters are assigned as h - 10 m, g = 980 cm2/sec,  and L = 50
km.  The initial conditions for the numerical model simulation were selected
to be the at-rest conditions.  The results of water surface elevation and
velocities for two locations are plotted in Figures 12 and 13.
                                      69

-------
      O
      i — l
      M
      CL
        in

I
12
                         24        36         48
                             TIME (HOURS)
                                                              60
           72
      CO
      X.
      21 O
      CJ -
"   0
                     12
24         36         48
    TIME  (HOURS)
60
                                                    72
Figure 12,   Water  Surface elevation and current velocity  at  x  -  5  km  (solid
            lines represent  the analytical solution and dashed lines represent
            the numerical solution).
                                   70

-------
                           24         36
                               TIME  (HOURS
   a*
   en
   o
   Qi
"  0
                 12
24        36
    TIME  (HOURS
48
60
72
Figure  13.  Water surface elevation and current velocity  at x - 25 km (solid
           lines represent the analytical solution and dashed lines represent
           the numerical solution).
                                  71

-------
       The  analytical  solutions  are  given as solid lines and the numerical
 solutions  as  dashed lines.  As  can  be noted, there  is good agreement between
 the numerical (HYDR03D) and analytical solutions.   The initial differences
 between  the results are due to  the  selection of the at-rest initial condition
 for the  numerical  solution.  After  the initial transient response lasting
 approximately 4  to 5  cycles, the model results closely mimics the steady state
 analytical solution.  The relative maximum differences between the model
 results  and the  analytical solution, after 5 cycles, is less than 5 percent.
 Other  factors which contribute  to the difference between the numerical and
 analytical results may be due to the assumptions used to linearize the one-
 dimensional wave equations used to  derived the analytical solution.


 4.2  SUISUN BAY. CALIFORNIA

       A  previous study of Suisun Bay (Sheng et al.  1986) was chosen to
 illustrate the feasibility of applying this model in areas of San Francisco
 Bay.   The model  has not been calibrated or validated, but enough work has been
 done to  establish  that the model is potentially useful.   The follow-up study
 by Smith and  Cheng (1989) in the adjoining San Pablo Bay, is an additional
 indication of the  feasibility of this model for estuary studies in San
 Francisco Bay.

       This case  study is based  on simulations done prior to 1986 with the
 EHSM3D code.   That code is essentially the same as  the code being documented
 in this  report (see Preface), but there are a few changes and modifications
 that have been made since that  time.  However, none of the changes invalidate
 the use  of these results to show feasibility of the present code.

       One advantage of this study is that it provides a brief review of the
 process  involved in initially setting up a study.   In fact, it has been used
 for that purpose in a training workshop (Sheng et al. 1986).   Briefly reviewed
 in this  illustrative example are:

   •  Investigation of pertinent data and previous  studies,
   •  Investigation of the processes that may influence circulation,
   •  Initial model setup,  including selection of boundary conditions,  initial
     condition options,  and model parameters,  and
   •  Interpretation of preliminary results.

      Although the  study was not carried to the calibration stage,  the process
 of implementing  the model in a  feasibility study is well illustrated.

      Another  advantage in selection this study for illustrative purposes,  is
 that it may be possible to do additional work to calibrate and validate the
model.   Studies have continued  in San Francisco Bay that may provide data to
evaluate these initial results.
4.2.1  Physical Setting

      Suisun Bay is part of the San Francisco Bay and Delta system in

                                      72

-------
California, which  is one of the world's largest and most complex estuarine
systems  (Figure 14). The central bay  (mean depth 10,7m) is connected to the
Pacific  Ocean at Golden Gate  (depth of 110m). To the north and northeast,
the system extends to the extremely shallow San Pablo Bay (more than 50% of
the Bay  has a depth less than 2m), through the Carquinez Strait (mean depth
8.8m) to Suisun Bay (mean depth 4.3m) and finally into the Delta (See Figures
15 and 16). Each of the embayments of the system usually consist of a deep
navigation channel (depth > 9m) surrounded by shallow shoals. In spite of
their similarity,  the various embayments exhibit very distinctive features.

      Suisun Bay (Figure 15)  is quite complex.  It consists of several deep
navigation channels surrounding numerous shoals and islands (see Simmons,
Chips, Van Sickle, Sherman, and other minor islands), and includes two very
shallow  sub-embayments, Grizzly and Honker Bays (mean depth <2m). Suisun Bay
has an area of 94 km2 and a mean depth of 4.3m.  The main navigation channel
depth is between 9 and 14m and it connects Carquinez Strait and the Delta. The
Delta, which provides 90% of  the freshwater in the San Francisco Bay system
has a volumetric outflow rate between 50 and 150 m3/sec i-n summer and 8,000
and 12,000 m3/sec in winter.


4.2.2  Circulation Patterns

      Observations and analysis indicate that circulation in Suisun Bay is
affected by four major factors: (1) tides, (2) salinity gradients,  (3)
meteorological forcing and (4) bathymetry and geometry.  These factors are
explored in this section to indicate what phenomena the model should simulate.

      Ocean tides enter the Bay System at Golden Gate and travel a significant
distance through Suisun Bay into the north by northeast end of the Bay system.
Extensive field studies on tidal circulation in the Bay system have been
performed by the U.S. Geological Survey and others (e.g.,  Conomos and others
1978; Patchen and Cheng 1979; Cheng and Conomos 1980; Smith,  1980;  Cheng and
Gartner  1984).  The recent report by Cheng and Gartner (1984) provides the
most comprehensive database on tides,  tidal currents, and residual currents in
the San Francisco Bay system. Water levels were measured at several stations,
and currents were measured at several current meter located within Suisun Bay
as shown in Figure 15. Salinity intrusion within the navigation channels of
San Francisco Bay and in particular,  the Delta system, was investigated by a
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers  contractor Kinnetics Laboratories,  Inc.,  (1981),

      A tidal harmonic analysis of Suisun Bay data indicate that the major
constituents are the M2 and the Kj  tides.  Figure 17 graphically illustrates
the spatial distribution of properties of M2  and Kj^ tides, at Stations C26,
C27, C28, C30, C239,  and at the east boundary of Suisun Bay.   At Station 5103,
the M2 and Kj  amplitudes are 52.4 cm and 30 cm, respectively. Values of the
same parameters are 43 cm and 25,4 cm at Station 5112. There is  a net phase
shift of approximately 33 degrees between the two stations.
                                      73

-------
                                                       San Francisco Bay System
                         South
                   San Francisco Bay
  37"30* -
                 122°30
122°
T2T°30'
Figure  14.  Map  of San Francisco Bay  estuarine  system.

-------
                                                                        Current Meter Station
                                                                        Stage Station
                                                                        U.S.G.S. Weather Station
>C22i
  Martinez
      Figure 15.  Map of the Suisun Bay  region and the location of current-meter
                  moorings, tide stations,  and a USGS weather station.

-------
                 (a)
                (b)
Figure 16,   Three-dimensional plot of the Suisun Bay bathymetry when viewed
            from (a) the southwest and (b)  the southeast.
                                    76

-------
      Tidal currents within  Suisun Bay were analyzed to determine the Olt Ka,
N2, M2,  S2 and M^ tides.  Harmonic constants were given along the major and
minor axes of the  tidal current ellipses,  A strong bi-directional tendency
was  observed  at most stations and the basin bathymetry was found to
significantly affect the principal current direction also see Cheng and
Gartner  1984),  In addition, it was noted that the tidal current speed can
vary up  to a  factor of two between spring and neap tides.

      Salinity varies from the ocean value of approximately 30 ppt at Golden
Gate to  the freshwater value of approximately 0 ppt upestuary at the Delta,
The  location  of the salinity front and the detailed salinity distribution
within the northern reach of the Bay system is significantly influenced by the
Delta outflow. During the low flow summer months, the salinity front may reach
into the  confluence of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers (see Figure 14).
During winter, the salinity front may retreat into San Pablo Bay. Salinity
within Suisun Bay varies between 10 to 15 ppt at the western end to between 0
to 10 ppt at  the eastern end. Salinity data also exhibit significant daily and
temporal  variations.  From this it seems clear that the salinity distribution
may  have  a significant effect on the currents within Suisun Bay and must be
taken into account to properly simulate circulation.

      The bathymetry of Suisun Bay is another element that influences
circulation,  and it is relatively complex as described above.  To illustrate
the  complexity, Figure 16 shows 3-D plots of the bathymetry viewed from the
southwest and southeast.  In addition and perhaps most important is the
findings  of a tidal analysis by Cheng and Gartner (1984) that indicates a
strong influence of bathymetry.

      In  the  initial report, Sheng et al. (1986) does not review any direct
influence of  meteorological forcing.   It is clear from the initial discussion
above, however, that indirect affects on fresh water inflows are at least an
important seasonal effect on the location of the salt water wedge.   In
addition, it  is likely that the open shallow Grizzly Bay and Honkers Bay are
subject to some wind-driven circulation.   Since a decision was made to ignore
short-term episodic events in the initial study (Sheng et al, 1986),
consideration of meteorological forcing is of lessened importance for this
case study,


4.2.3 Modeling 3-D Circulation in Suisun Bay

      For illustrative modeling in Suisun Bay,  a grid was defined,  initial
conditions were specified,  selected data were used to provide a reasonable
representation of the tide and salinity boundary conditions,  model  parameters
were initially selected, and the resulting simulations were investigated.
Major features and trends of the circulation became the focus of the initial
study.  Short-term events episodic were ignored.

      The model grid was setup to simulate five vertical layers.   Each layer
was divided by grid line spacings of 1/2  km.   The resulting network had a
total of 46 x 26 x 5 grid points.   The bathymetry arrays were smoothed by the
option provided to eliminate sharp bottom slopes,

                                      77

-------
                  (n)
SURFF1CE
FIT C25 (  ID. 8 1
                                                     SURfnCE ELEVHTI0M HT C27 t  12,11 )
   -BO
                TIHE   ( HOURS  I
                                                    TIHE
                                            H0URS )
      DErTH-nVERnGED CURRENT RT CZ5  I ID,  8 I
                                                   DEFTH-HVERRGED CURRENT HT CZ7 (  12,11 I
                TIME   ( H0UR5  I
                                                    TIME   I HCURS 5
      OEPFH-flVERnGED CURRENT RT C2B  ( ID,  8
                                          DEPTH-PVERRGFD CURRENT flT CZ7  ( 12. 1
                TIHE   I H0URS !
                                                    TIME    ! HBURS )
Figure  17.  Time histories of simulated surface elevation  and
     depth-averaged velocity components at  (a) C26(  (b) C27,  (c)
     C28,  (d) C30, (e)  C239 and  (f)  the west boundary during  a
     5-day model simulation of tidal circulation in Suisun  Bay,
                                        78

-------
                                                               (d)
                 ELEVflTIHH HI C2B I  18.22 I
                               SURFflCE ELEVnTIHN P? C30 ! 26.
                  TINE
  H0UR5
                         TIME
H0URS )
                     CURRENT RT c2B i  IB.22 )
                            DEPTH-nVERRGED CURRENT RT C30 ! Z5-17
  LJ
  UJ
  U
                  TIME   f  H0URS )
                                      TIME
        tTEPTH-nVERPGED CURRENT flT C28 (  18.22
                            FlFPTH-qVERRGEO CURRENT PT C30
   u  2
   LJ
     -2

     -3
                           IM
                           r-
                  TIME
      03

I H0URS )
          to
          01
OD
O
                                      TIME   t H0URS  )
Figure  17.  Time histories of simulated  surface elevation  and
    drpth-averaged velocity components at  (a) C76,  (b) C27,  (c)
    C2R,  (rl) C30, (e) C239 and  (f)  the west houndary during  a
    5-day model  simulation of tidal circulation In  Sulsun  Bay.
                                        79

-------
                       (p)
                                     (O
         sutrncE ELEVFUIBH nt C239 i 29. 9
                                  ELEVRTIBN FH LEFT B0UW]PRY  I
                        I H0URS  1
                                      TIME   ( H0URS  )
       UErTH-nvEKnGEO CURRENT RT  CZ39 I  29, 9 1
                         OEFTH-RVERFIGEO CURRENT IT LEFT B0UNDRRT
  UJ



  5
    -10
                                              u
                                              m
                                              _j
                                              UJ
                                              >
                 TINE   (
                                                              TIME    I H0URS }
  UJ
     10
    -10
                    CURRFNT nT C239 (  29. 9
          r\i  w
          —  rsi
CD  a
m  i



 TIME
I H0URS )
                a
                CNJ
                         OEPTH-flVERflGED CURI^NT flT LETT BBUNRflRY f  ?,<\ 1
                                               LJ

                                               UJ
                                               UJ



                                               >•
                                                              TIME   (  H0UR5 1
Figure  17.  Time histories of simulated  surface  elevation  and

    dfpth-averaged velocity components nt  (a) C26,  (b) C27,  (c)


    C7B,  (d) C30,  (e)  C739 and  (f)  the west boundary during a


    5-dny model  simulation of tidal circulation  In  Sulsun  Bay.
                                        80

-------
      Turbulence and  friction losses were simulated in straight forward
manner.  The simplified second order turbulence closure option was select to
represent vertical mixing.  A horizontal eddy viscosity of 100 mz/sec was
selected.  The related bottom roughness height of 0.4 cm was chosen.

      Tidal boundary  conditions were developed from a synthetic tide based on
the previous analysis.   A synthetic tide composed of the M2 an(* Kx
constituents only, was applied to the west and east boundaries.  Along the
west boundary, the Mz and K^  tides were  assigned amplitudes  55  cm and 31  cm,
respectively, and a phase angle of 90 degrees.  Along the east boundary,
amplitudes were assigned as 43 cm and 23 cm, respectively.  A phase shift of
38 degrees between the west and east boundaries for both the M2 and Kx tide
constituents, was selected.  This was necessary because the west boundary of
the computational domain was established westward of the Benicia tide station
(see Figure 15).

      Salinity boundary conditions were selected to provide reasonable
representations of observed vertical salinity gradients at the west and east
boundaries, and of the horizontal gradient across the computational domain.
At the west boundary, top layer values of 18 ppt and bottom layer values of 20
ppt were specified.  At the east boundary, a top to bottom variation of 14 ppt
was specified.

      Boundary fluxes were described with an advection calculation for outflow
and a constant concentration inflow.  This was necessary because the EHSM3D
model only allows for outflow-inflow open boundary conditions.   When outflows
occurred, the flux was calculated from the one-dimensional advection equation.
Inflows were computed assuming that the flow originated from a. constant
concentration "reservoir" (i.e.,  inflows were assumed to have a constant
concentration regardless of the history of the outflows).

      Simplified initial conditions were selected for circulation and
salinity.  The at-rest option as selected to represent a quiescent flow
conditions in the beginning of the simulations.  A linear salinity gradient
was assumed to describe salinity across the computational domain.
4.2.4 Results

      Simulation of 120 hours (5 days) provided a number of notable results.
Time history results for simulated water level and depth averaged velocity,
illustrated in Figures 18 to 24 for stations C25, C26,  C28, C30,  C239,  and at
the west boundary, show some of the same features noted in the tidal
measurements.  These include:

   •  That simulated ebb currents are stronger that simulated flood currents at
     many stations, and
   •  That bi-directionality is also apparent in the depth-averaged simulations
     of currents.

      Simulated current speeds are comparable to observed neap tide

                                      81

-------
measurements In Cheng and Gartner (1984), but spring tide simulations of
current speed are generally smaller than observations.  This is probably due
to the idealized synthetic tidal boundary condition, and the simplified
salinity boundary conditions.  In addition, there are concerns that the
salinity boundary conditions selected for this simulation do not necessarily
allow the complete internal propagation of baroclinic perturbations at the
boundaries.

  Although  the water  level and currents  appeared to reach a  dynamic steady-
state in relatively short time periods, salinity values at various stations
were still very slowly changing at the end of 120 hours of simulation.  This
is illustrated in Figure 18 that shows the salinity at three vertical levels
(near-bottom, mid-depth, and near-surface) gradually increasing at each of the
stations except at the west boundary that is constrained as shown.  The
vertical structure of the velocity fields at 96,  108 and 120 hours shown in
Figures 19,  20 and 21, respectively, indicated that a dynamic steady-state may
have been achieved in the simulations.  Other notable occurrences include flow
reversals at some locations and near-surface currents well in excess of 1
m/sec at 108 hours.   The lest satisfactory simulations involved the vertical
salinity structure.   The simulated salinity fields at 96,  108,  and 120 hours
are shown in Figures 22, 23,  and 24, respectively.  Figure 18 shows the
simulated vertical structure of the salinity field at six stations over the
full course of the simulation.   The simulated vertical stratification is not
very pronounced and there are indications that greater degrees  of
stratification actually exist (Peter Smith,  in review).

  The simulation of limited stratification is cause for further investigation
and indicates that present results can only be used for illustrative purposes
until additional calibration is possible.  In this case,  it does not seem
possible to reach into preliminary conclusions about the  flow and salinity
distributions.   When calibration is undertaken,  the specifications for the
open boundaries,  initial conditions, and the coarse five-layer  grid spacing
should be examined.   Ten or more layers are likely to improve vertical
resolution and a nonuniform Cartesian grid could  be used  to  better resolve the
steep topography between the  navigation channel and the shallow areas.
Comparison with additional calibration data is also likely to point out other
input data should be investigate,  however,  the results for simulated
circulation in Suisun Bay and the  test of the model in the adjacent San Pablo
(Smith and Cheng 1989) indicate there seem to be  no insurmountable problems
that would prevent calibration.
                                      82

-------
                    m C2$ t to.e )
    20
                                                     SRLINITY RT C30  ( 26,17 1
  tn
  tn
  t
  z
                TIME   (  H0URS 1
                                                        TIME   T H0URS )
II

- 18
    16
            SRLiNirr Rr C27 r  12,11 )
                                               16
                                                     SRLINITY BT C239 I  29,9 1
                                             5 16
                TIME   (  H0URS 1
                                                         TIME   ( H0URS )
    18
  m
   •
  m
    16
  ff
  in
            SRLINITr m C28 (  18,22 1
          WtOeOOCM^-CDCOO
          rsiorw

              TIME   t HBURS  1
                                            20
                                                SRLINITY RT THE LEFT BOMDRRY ( 2.4 J
                                             18
                                               IB
                                                               v\f\f\fv\f
                                                           TIME   ( H0URS 1
Figure 18.   Time histories  of simulated salinity at 3 vertical
             levels near-bottom,  mid-depth  and near-surface  during
             a 5-day model simulation of tidal circulation in
             Suisun Bay.
                                      83

-------
                 SUISUN BOY ; SflLINITY RUN  : 96  H0UR5
                       VEL0CITY  F0R 5IGMR = -0.9
                                                         2.506*01
                                                         mxinun
                       VE1.0CJTY  F0R SIGMR - -0. !
                                                         7.S1E»01
                                                         HRXIHUM VECT0R
Figure 19.   Simulated Tide- and  salinity-driven currents  in
             Suisun Bay near the  bottom (a - -0.9) and  near the
             surface (a = -0.1) at  96  hours.
                                      84

-------
                     SU1SUN BHY  :  SRLINJTY RUN :  10P H0UR5
                           VELBHTY  F0R  SIGHO = -0,9
                                                                   VETTDR
                           VEL0CJTY F0R  SIGMR =  -D. !
                                                             i.26E«02
                                                             MRXJHUM VECT8R
Figure 20.  Simulated  Tide-  and salinity-driven currents in
            Suisun Bay near  the bottom (a = -0.1) and near the
            surface  {a —  -0.1)  at 108 hours.
                                     85

-------
                 5UISUN BflV : SBLIN1TY RUN  :  120 H0URS
                       VEL0CITY F0R SIGHfl r -0.9
                                                      Z.SOE'0!
                                                           VECTUR
                       VEL0CJTY F0R SJGHR = -0.J
                            tiff// SS~
                           , I I /
                           i i i f r /.
                       f f y x- y f r ii
                      ₯tf%'',':\\\
          il./S/SSs,..'.1^.   N.v V ,S,          X-
           f {/,',',' :d^^;-s^Q^7
  ,•1 u//, !)>-:::T3;::;::-.n-^^f f:
  '  '. *it,f?ff ... iv ...... .CI. vH>.vN\\\*\ 1  .
  / / l/S/s	)	1. . .	.V\ \ If—
                                                      WXlHUf VECT8R
Figure  21,
Simulated Tide- and salinity-driven  currents in the
Suisun Bay near the bottom  (o = 0.9)  and near the
surface (a - -0.1) at  120 hours.
                                  86

-------
                       SUISUN BRY :  SPLJNITY RUN : 96 H0URS
                             SPLIN1TY  F0R S1GMP  =  -0.9
                                      IE CW78LRE
                                    LEVEL? FRBtt 13,D 1C 20.C
                                        rNTERVflL PT .500
                             SflLINITY  F0R SIGMR =  -D.]
                                      19 CBKTBJRS
                              CBNTBUT LTVtLS FTWH 12.0 Tfl 1B.D
                                 CWTBJR  INTWVfl W .SOD
Figure  22.   Simulated  salinity distribution in Suisun Bay near
             the bottom (a = -0.9) and near the surface (a =  -0.1)
             at 96 hours.
                                       87

-------
                        SUISUN  BflY !  SRLINJTY  RUN :  106 H0UR5
                              SRL1N1TY F0R  S1GMR = -0.9
                                        19 CW7BJRS
                                      UVELS rra« is.5 Te 20.0
                                   C«NTRJR fNTERVflL BT .500
                               SRLINIJTY F0R  SIGMR r -0.1
                                      LFVtLS nWH 1Z.3 T« JB.O
                                   CIN1BUR INIERVfl F .500
Figure  23.   Simulated  salinity distribution in Suisun Bay near
             the bottom (a = -0.9) and near the surface (a =  -0.1)
             at 108 hours.
                                       88

-------
                        BUI SUN env : SRLINJTV RUN : izo HBURS
                              SflLlNJTY F0R  SIGHP = -0,9
                                       1C
                                           WM 13.0 ie 20.0
                                  CfNTRW IHTEKVfl BT .500
                              SRLINITY F0R BIGMR = -0.1
                                       J9
                                     LtVtLS MfflM 12,0 Tf 16.0
                                  CBKTBIH  INTERVRL IT .500
Figure 24.   Simulated salinity distribution  in Suisun Bay  near the
             bottom (a =  -0.9)  and near the surface (a =  -0.1)  at
             120 hours.
                                      89

-------
4.3  Charlotte Harbor. Florida

      A previous study of Charlotte Harbor  (Sheng et al. 1986) was also chosen
to Illustrate the feasibility of applying this model, as was done with the case
study for  Suisun Bay.  The model has also not been calibrated or validated for
Charlotte  Harbor, but enough work has been done to establish that the model is
potentially useful  in partially mixed U.S. Gulf Coast estuaries.

      The  simulations for this  case study were also performed prior to 1986 with
the EHSM3D code.  As  noted  before  (see Preface),  that  code is essentially the
same as the code being documented in this report.  There are a few changes and
modifications that  have been made since that time, but none invalidate the use
of these results to demonstrate the feasibility of using the present code.

      This case study also  provides  a  brief review of  the process involved in
initially  setting up  a study.   It has also been used  in  a  training workshop
(Sheng et  al. 19S6) for  that purpose.   In addition,  this  study includes other
illustrative investigations of interest.   Briefly reviewed  in this illustrative
example are:

   •  Investigation of pertinent data and previous studies,
   •  Processes that may influence circulation,
   •  Initial model  setup, including  selection of  boundary conditions,  initial
     condition options,  and model parameters,
   •  Investigation of pronounced freshwater effects,
   •  Analysis of affects of the grid scale,
   •  A study of the  affects  of initialization, and
   •  Interpretation of preliminary results.


      Although the study was not carried to the calibration stage, the process
of implementing the  model  in a feasibility study is well  illustrated.  The study
focussed on investigation of general trends  and behavior,  and the sensitivity
of the results  to various model options and  approaches.   Short-term episodic
events, including the affects of tropical storms,  have  not been considered.


4.3.1  Physical Setting

      The  Charlotte Harbor  area  of southwest Florida is a shallow water  body
with complex  boundaries  and flow patterns.  The  estuary  (Figure  25)  receives
discharges from the drainage of 16 percent of the State of Florida through the
Peace,  Myakka and Caloosahatchee Rivers.  The estuarine system is connected with
the Gulf of Mexico through various inlets between the barrier islands on the west
of the system. The  northern area of  Charlotte  Harbor (Figure  26), which has  a
maximum water depth  of approximately  7m, is of particular importance because of
the rapid development  of adjacent land areas. The  Pine Island Sound to the south
of Charlotte Harbor  is extremely shallow (maximum depth 2 m).  The hydrodynamics
of the system are complicated by islands,  shoals,  and multiple openings  to the
Gulf of Mexico.
                                      90

-------
             CHARLOTTE HARBOR
                                  DE SOTO
       SARASOTA
          r	KOI
             CHARLOTTE
                          CHARLOTTE
                                  FORT MEYERS
    GULF OF MEXICO
Figure 25. Map of Charlotte Harbor Estuarine System.
                         91

-------
Figure 26,   Map of northern Charlotte Harbor with  locations  of
            water quality/current meter  stations during  the  June
            and July 1982 study.
                                    92

-------
 4.3.2 Circulation  in Charlotte Harbor

     Like that in most partially mixed estuaries, circulation in Charlotte Harbor
 is  affected by ocean  tides propagating through the Harbor entrances, salinity
 gradients  caused  by  freshwater  inflows,  meteorological  forcing,  and  Harbor
 bathymetry and geometry.  Tidal records indicate a primary diurnal tide with some
 semi-diurnal  influence.  Measurements of water surface elevations on which the
 analysis of the tides were based, were made at the Harbor entrance, Brunt Store
 Marina, and north and south of Pine Island.  Figure 27 shows  the tidal elevations
 measured during July 20 and 21,  1982 at Brunt Store Marina.

     Water quality and current meter data were collected at  a number of stations
 shown in Figure  26.  The  data  of interest  were collected during June and July
 1982.

     The  freshwater  inflow from  the  Peace  River  strongly  influences  the
 circulation within Charlotte Harbor. The volumetric flow rate can vary from less
 than 2,000 cubic feet per second  (cfs)  to 18,000 cfs within  a week (Figure 28).
 This kind of flow variation can significantly affect the location of the salinity
 intrusion front.   Potentially  the  tides  can propagate upstream into the Peace
 River.

     Due to the  shallowness of the  estuarine  system,  tropical storms from the
 Gulf  of Mexico  can significantly  affect  the tides  and  circulation  within
 Charlotte Harbor,   In  this  study, however,  these  extreme  events have not been
 investigated.   Other meteorological effects  and the  effects of bathymetry and
 geometry were also not investigated in detail in the initial  phases of this
 study (Sheng  et al. 1986).


 4.3.3 Modeling 3-D Circulation in Charlotte Harbor

      For illustrative modeling,  a grid was  defined,  initial conditions were
 specified, selected data were used to provide a reasonable representation of the
 tide and salinity boundary conditions, model parameters were  initially selected,
 and the resulting  simulations were  investigated.   Select  sensitivity analyses
 of grid resolution and other options were performed.

      The model grid consisted  of nine vertical layers and horizontal grid line
 spacings of 1  km.  The  computational domain was extended from the northern part
 of  the  Harbor to between stations 17 and  19  shown in Figure 26.   The  domain
 extended about 1 km into the Peace River beyond station 10  shown in Figure 26.
This resulted in a domain of 11 x 11 x 9 grid points.

      The tidal  boundary  condition at the  southern  end of  the computational
domain was based on water  elevation data collected during  June  25 to 27,  1982
at  the  Harbor entrance.    From these data, the water elevations (f) for  the
boundary condition were determined to be;
                                      93

-------
             TIDAL STAGE AT BURNT STORE MARINA
                 CHARLOTTE HARBOR, FLORIDA
       E
       3
         2.0
2  1-°
5
 t
 •
S   o
LU
O
H
-J-1.0
g
H
                 July 20,1982
July 21,1982
           M
N   18    M    6
      TIME (hrs.)
   N    18
                                             M
Figure 27.  Tidal stage at Burnt Store Marina during July 20 and
          July 21, 1982.

-------
        DISCHARGE OF PEACE RIVER AT ARCADIA, FLORIDA
I     I    I
  16,000
  12,000
LU
a
CC 8,000

3:
o
   4,000
               10
                             Recurrence Interval (years)'    '
             20        30        10


                 TIME (days)
20
30
Figure 28.   Discharge of Peace River during June 1 to July 30,

           1982,
                                95

-------
                             f - A sin  (2n-t/T) + C                          (62)

where A  is  33  cm,  T  is  24 hours, and C  is  11 cm.

      It was suspected  a priori that the inflow from the Peace River should be
influenced  by  tides  and stratification.   As a  result,  the boundary condition
was selected to modify the boundary velocities accordingly.   It was assumed for
illustrative purposes that the inflow velocity at  the surface was  2.5 times the
average  velocity known from measurements  upstream.   The  bottom velocity was
assumed  to  be  -1.5 times the average velocity, where the negative sign denotes
that the bottom waters are  assumed to move  upstream and out of the domain  at the
boundary, partially  in compensation  for  the increased  surface  inflow  rates.
Inflow rates of  freshwater were specified  as follows:

   •  Peace River:  15,000 cfs, and
   •  Myakka River; 1000 cfs.

      The salinity boundary  conditions  were approximately represented for the
southern boundary and  assumed  to  be  constant  at  the  Peace River  boundary.
Salinity along the open southern boundary  is computed from the one-dimensional
advection equation with  a prescribed valued  obtained from measurements at station
17 (see  Figure 26)  located  outside  the model  domain.   No  tidal variation in
salinity was specified for the river inflow and outflows.

      Specification  of  initial conditions involved several  steps,  including
preliminary  simulations to  set  up  the   final  simulations.    Initially  the
simulations were begun with a quiescent flow field (at-rest conditions)  and no
salinity stratification.  A simulation was conducted for 24 hours and this new
condition used to  establish  the  initial velocity  field  for the  next series of
simulations.   The simulated currents after  24  hours  are shown  in  Figure 29.
These are idealized presentations that are difficult to interpret,  but the  strong
surface  currents from the Peace River are  simulated as expected.

      The salinity initial  conditions  for  the next series  of simulations was
obtained by quadratic interpolation from the measurements at seven stations in
northern Charlotte Harbor over the  2-day period between  June 25  and 27,  1982.
These  interpolated  salinity fields  are   shown  in  Figure  30,  where  bottom
salinities of up to 21 ppt  were derived  in  the bottom layer of the southeastern
section of the domain.  The  interpolations indicated that  the surface waters were
relatively fresh.

      The effects  of finer grid resolution were  explored by switching to a 1/2
km grid  line  spacing in the lateral  and horizontal directions.   This  led to
differences in the model domain and  the  open boundary condition at the southern
end of the Harbor.  In testing the finer grid, the domain was extended to station
17 (Figure  26)  in the southern part  of the Harbor and  extended further past
station 10 into the Peace River.

      A  better  representation of  the  southern tidal boundary  condition  was
employed.   Two  tidal  constituents were used  to  approximate tidal  forcing.
Vertical salinity  profiles were estimated  from the  data  collected at  stations

                                      96

-------
                     UV VELOCITY AT SIGMA OF -0.944
                       0
                                       B
                                           7.1BE«00

                                          MAXIMUM VECTOR
                     UV VELOCITY AT SIGMA OF -0.056
                                      B
                                          3.3«E»01

                                         MAXIMUM VECTOR
Figure 29.  Initial  3-D velocity  field in Charlotte Harbor  for a
            model simulation from June 25 to June 27,  1982.
                                 97

-------
                          SALINITY AT SIGMA OF -0.944
                       o
                                                           in
                                                           o
                                    7 CONTOUnS
                              CONTOim LEVELS FROM 3 OH TO 21.0
                                 CONTOUR INTERVAL OF 3.00
                         SALINITY AT SIGMA OF -0.056
                                                           o
                                                           J>
                                         B
                              COHTOUH LEVELS mOM .600 TO 4.20
                                 CONTOUR INTERVAL Or .800
Figure 30,   Initial  salinity field in Charlotte Harbor for June
           25,  1982.
                                   98

-------
Vertical salinity profiles were  estimated  from the data collected at stations
15, 19, 20,  and 17 and employed in the simulations.   Consequently, stratification
is weaker  along  the southern  boundary  in  the fine grid  simulation.   Initial
conditions were selected in the  same manner as for the coarser grid.
4.3.4 Results

      A series of records for velocity and salinity distributions were produced
during the  model simulation  of  72 hours.    Surface  and bottom,  velocity and
salinity distributions are presented in Figures 31 through 34 for stations 10,
7, 22, and 19,  From these results  there are several observations worth noting.
First, a dynamic steady state was obtained.   Second,  the Peace River flow is a
dominate influence.  The relatively strong currents at stations 10, 7, and 22,
and  the  initial reduction in the  high  salinities at the bottom  locations  of
stations 7 and 22, are related to the freshwater inflow.

      The  velocity  and   salinity  fields are  shown  in  Figures   35  and  36,
respectively.   In  these  illustrations,  the surface  currents  are  distinctly
different from  the  bottom currents and significant stratification exists,  as
would be expected in a partially mixed estuary.  Conditions  are similar at the
end  of  the  72-hour  simulation  period  as   shown  in  Figures  37  and  38.
Dimensionless depth profiles of salinity  shown  in Figure  39  illustrate  the
stratification simulated by the model.  These  results are for stations 7,  22,
15, and 19 at the end of the 72-hour simulation.

      The  48-hour  simulations  were  performed  after   the  initial  24-hour
simulation, using the finer grid and  the boundary conditions  described above.
These results were not  interpreted (Sheng et al.  1986), but are presented for
the reader to investigate here.  The  resulting circulation  pattern at the end
of the 48-hour simulation is  shown  by  the surface and bottom currents in Figure
40.  The salinity distributions at  the same time  are shown  in Figure  41,   The
time variations of surface elevation,  surface currents,  bottom current, surface
salinity, and bottom salinity at a  number of stations are shown in Figures  42
through 45.
                                      99

-------
        9JnrncE FLEvnnoM ni  (  LO.  9  i :  srnio
      sn  —,—,—.—,—.—,—,—.—,—,—^
   ac
   u
      10
   £   n
   UJ
   "'-in
        0  5 12 15 24 30 36 12  18  54 60 66 72
                   TIME    ( M0URS I
         stmrncE CURRENT  RT
 STRIO
                                                     SURfRCE CURRENT RT !   10. 9 ) :  STF110
        0  6  12 19 24 30 36 42  49  54 60 66 72
                   TIHE    < H0URS 1
                0  6  12  18  24  30  36 42 48 54 60 66 72
                            TIME   ( H0UR3 )
          B0H0H CURRENT  RT S 10.  9
STRIO
                                                     B0TT0H CURRENT RT (  10. 9 ) :   STRIO
   ui
   -4.0
   -3.6
   §3.2
   ^z.n
   =•2.1
        0   6  12 IB 24 30 3B 12  48  54 60 66 72
                   TIHE    ( HWJRS  I
           •s- _
                0  6  12  18 24  30  36 42 48 54 60 66 72
                           TIHE   f  H0URS )
  .15
-.10
£-35
- .30
   -.20
   5.I5
   j . ID
   £.05
         3URFHCE SflLINITY RT ( 1C. 9 1 :   3TRIO
        0  G  12 18 24 30 36  12  40 54 60 66 72
                   TIHE   I H0URS  I
                                                  t
                                                  0.
              10
               9
               e
               7
               6
               5
               4
               3
               2
               1
                  B0TTHH SflLINITY  RT  [ 10.  9 1 :  STRIO
                0  5  12  18 24 30 3B 42 48 54 60 66 17
                           TIME   (  H0URS I
Figure 31.   Time  Histories of water  level,  surface currents,
              bottom currents,  surface salinity and bottom
              salinity at  Station 10 during  the 3-day model
              simulation period.
                                         100

-------
         SUP.mCE ELfcVMUHH HI
   5
   tr
   i.
   UJ
     -in
0  6
                18 21 30 36  12  18 51 50 55 72
                   TIME   « H0URS  )
      -5
     -ID
     -15
     -20
     -25
     -30
     -35
     -10
     -15
     -50
          suRrncE CURRENT nr t   7. 9 ) :   sin?
        0  6 12 18 21 30 36 12  18 51 60 66 72
                   TINE    ( H0UR5  1
                                          o  9
                                          uj  g
                                          3*  7
                                          "  G
                                          ,_  4
                                          t  3
                                          H  2
                                          CD  1
                                          ^  o
                                          ^-i
                                                       CURRENT OT  t  7, 9 1
                                              0  6  12  18 21 30 36 12 18 51 60 66  72
                                                         TIME   t  H0URS )
          B0TT0H CURRENT fll  {  7. 9 )  !  STfl?
                                                 B0TT0H CURRE^fT flT !   7, 9 I :   STF17
        0  6  12 IB 21 30 36  12  18 51 GO 66 72
                   TIME    ( H0LRS J
                                              0  6  12  18 21 30 36 12 18 51 60  66  72
                                                         TIME   < H0URS !
         SURFflCE SflUNITY flT  I  7. 9 )  :  3TP7
                                                B0TT0H SRLINITY RT  (  7,  9 )  ;  STR7
   -2.4
   £2.0

   " 1.6
   >- 1.2
   z  .9
       •
   d  . T

       0
        0  6  12 18 21 30 36  12 18 51 60 66 72
                   TIME   ( H0URS )
                                              0  6  12 18 24 30 36 12 18 51  60  66 12
                                                         TIME    I H0URS )
Figure 32.   Time  histories of  water  level,  surface currents,
       bottom currents,  surface salinity and bottom
       salinity at Staion 7 during the 3-day model
       simulation  period.
                                         101

-------
          ,URrncE  ELEvnnaM tu  <  5,  7  ) :  57022
         0  6  12  18  21  30  36  12 18 51 60 66 12
                    TIME   (  HflURS 1
       10
       5
       0
       -5
      -10
      -15
      -20
       25
      -30
      -35
      -10
          SURFF1LE CURRENT mi  5,  7 1  :  STR22       „   .  SURFflCE CURRENT RT t   5, 7 I  :   STR2Z
         0  6  [2  JB  24 30  36 12 49 54 60 66 72
                    TIHE   I  H0UR3 )
    8
sc
cj
^   0
a-8
d~'2
r-te
     0  6 J2 10 24 30 3G 42 48 54  60  G6  72
                TIME    I H0URS )
          B0II0H CURRENT RT (   5, 7 J  :   5TR2Z
         0  6  12  18  24 30  3B 12 48 54 SO 66 72
                    TINE   ( H0URS I
       S0TT0H CURRENT RT  1  5, 7 I  :  STR22
                                                   5  2
                                                      0
     0  6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54  60  66  72
                TIME    I H0URS 1
      7.0

      6'0
          3URFRCE SflLINITY RT (   5. 7 )  :   3TR22
    K
    Ul
      1.0
         0  B  12 18  24 30  36  12 48 54 60 66 72
                    TIHE   I  H0URS I
      90TTBM SRL1NITY flT t   5. 7 I  :   3TH22
     0  6 12 18 24 3D 36 42 48  54  60  SB  77
                TIHE    ( HOURS !
Figure 33.   Time  histories of  water  level,  surface currents,
              bottom currents, surface  salinity and bottom
              salinity at  Station 22 during  the 3-day model
              simulation period.
                                         102

-------
               EiE'vnngM nr  i  5. 2 i  *.  smia
       0  6  12 18 21 30 36  12  18 51 60 66 72
                  TIME    f HOURS  )
       SURFnCE  CURRENT FIT  [  5. 2 1  :  STfllS
fe   -6
'J   .1
>-    0
tr.  -,2
H  -.1
d  -.6
>  -.9
3-1.0
      0  6  12 18 21 30 36  12  16 51 60 66 72
                 TIME    I H0UR5  1
                                                   25
                                                   20
                                                   15

                                                   10
                                                    5

                                                    0
                                                   -5
                                                  -10

                                                  -15
                                                       5URFRCE CURRENT Rt (   5.  2  1 :  SIR 19
                                                     0  6  12  IB 21 30 3G 12 IB 51 60 66 72
                                                                TIME   (  H0URS )
    1,0
 •"-    
-------
                      CHRRLSTTF  HRRB0R  :   FILE -  CH3001D
             UV  VEL0CITY  RT  TIME 0F  24.0 H0UR5 HMO SIGHR  0F  -0.91-1
1   t

\   1

T   \

<   \
                                \
                                        /
t
                               N   1    /

                               N  \   \

                               X  \   \
                      CHRRL0TTE HRRB0R  I   FILE = CH3D01D
             UV  VEL0CITY flT TIME 0F 21.0 H0URS RND S1GMR 0F -0.056
                                   )   t
                                   _|	I
                                             MflXIMUH VECT0R
Figure 35.  Computed  3-D  velocity field in Charlotte Harbor  after
            24 hours  of simulation.
                                    104

-------
                     CHARLOTTE HHRB0R  :  FILE  = CH3DOID
              BfiLiNITY RT TIME 0F 24.0 H0URS RND SIGMR  0F  -0.9*4
                                    9 C0NT0LJRS
                                  LEVELS FRflH 6.00 T0 22.0
                               CflNTBUR tmCRVaL BF 2.00
                     CHRRL0TTE HRRB0R  :  FILE  = CH3D01D
             SRL1NTTY RT TIME 0F 24.0 HBURS fiNO SIGHfl 0F -0.056
                                    6 CftWTBURS
                                  LEVEL3 FR0N J.DO 10 fl.OO
                                     INTERWL BF 1.00
Figure  36.   Computed salinity  field in Charlotte Harbor  after 24
             hours  of simulation.
                                     105

-------
                     CHRRL0TTE HRRB0R  t   FILE - CH3D01D
            UV  VEL0CITY RT TIME 0F 72.0 H0URS RND SIGHfl 0F -0.914
                         I   I
                         \   \   /
                         \  \   1
                         \  s   \
                        V  «-.  N
                             N  \
                         i   '
'  X  V
i   •    '
                                       B
                                                  VECTBR
                     CHPRL0TTE HRRB0R  :   FILE = CH3001D
           UV  VEL0C1TY PT TtHE 0F 72.0 H0UR5 flND SIGMfl 0F -0.056
                        \   t
                                        t
                                            HBX1HUH VECT0R
Figure 37.  Computed 3-D Velocity field in Charlotte  Harbor after
            72 hours of simulation.
                                     106

-------
                     CHRRL0TTE HRRB0R   :  FILE = CH3D01D
             SflLINITY  flT TIME 0F 72.0 H0URS RNO  SIGMfi 0F -0.944
                                    9 CBMT0URS
                            CflNTflUR LEVELS FKOH 6.00 T0 22.0
                               CflNTBUR IHTERVOt flf 2.00
                     CHRRL0TTE HRRB0R   :  FILE = CH3D01D
             SRLINITY  FIT TIHE 0F  72.0 H0URS flND  SIGMfl 0F -0.056
                             \
                            C*)TOJR LEVELS flWH 1.00 T0 9,00
                                     tMTERWL 0r !.00
Figure  38,  Computed salinity field  in Charlotte  Harbor after 72
  hours of simulation.
                                      107

-------
FlLE:CH3DOtD
 0
                      RUN: DODO
                             X =72.0
  a
  I
-.1

 ,z

 ,3

-.1

-.5
     -.9
    -1.0
        2   3   1  5   6  7  6   9   10  tl
                       BT STR7 (PPTI
FILE:CH3D01D
0
                            RUN: 0000
            X =72.0
                                            H
                                          -.7

                                          -.9

                                          — 9

                                         -1.0
                                             S  6  7  8  9 10 11  12  13 14 15
                                                  SFLINITY flT STR22 tPPT)
      FILC;CH3D010
       0
                 RUN: ODOO
=7Z.O
        inoinoiftotrtomai/joinoin
        (Dr~r-03eooiO)aa-«»*f>iN»nin

                      AT STP1S  (Wf)
P1LE.-CH3DOID
0
ftUNlOODO
                                                                            X =7Z.O
                                               _.!

                                               -.2

                                               -.3

                                            uj  —,4

                                               -.5

                                            £  -.6

                                               -.7



                                               -.9

                                              -t.D
                                             4  6  Q  10  12  H IB  18  20 22
                                                  SfLINITY RT STR1S IPPTJ
Figure  39.  Vertical salinity profiles  at  Stations 7,  22,  15  and
              19 in  Charlotte Harbor after 72 hours.
                                         108

-------
            Charlotte Harbor  :   File = CH3DHIO
    UV  Velocity al Time of 18.0 Hours and Slgmo or -0.9 11 t/Sfff" I
                %a
                                        VtClOT
Figure  40.   Computed  3-D velocity  field in Charlotte Harbor
             after 48  hours of simulation with a  1/2-km grid.
                                     109

-------
            Chorlotte Horbor  :  File = CH3DHID
    Salinity al Tine  of  48.0 Hours ond Sigma or -0.941
                          1 ContoiH
                  Contour l8v*U fro* 3.00 to 21.0
                     ConLou- Interval of 3.00
            Charlolle Harbor  :  File =  CH30H1D
    Sollnlly al Tine  of  48.0 Hours and Sigma or -0.056
                          II Contort
                  Contour lev«U tra* 1,00 to It.O
                     Cantor Inltrval of I.M
Figure 41.   Computed  salinity field  in Charlotte Harbor after 48
              hours of  simulation with a 1/2-km grid.
                                       110

-------
     so
     40

     30
     20
     ID
        SURFfiCE ELEVOTJ0N PT  ( 18.27 J :   STJJ7
    -20
    -30
       0   6   1Z  18  Z4   30   35   42
                         H0UR5
         SURFFCE CURRENT flr  ( 18.27  » ;   STP7
    SURFnCE CURRENT RT t  10.27 )  :  STR7
  w
  ~  -9

  M5
  M -1Q
  g-zo
  g-2<
  = -28
       0   6   12   18  24  3D   X   42   48
                         H0UR3
          12  18  24   30   3S  42  48
         B0TT0H CURRENT RT (  10,27 J  :  STFI7
               12   18  24  30   36   42   48
    B0TT0H CURRENT flT  I 18.27 \ :   STR7
  0   6   12  18  24   30   36   42  48
    3,6
    2.0
  I!:?
  i:!
      o
        SURfflCE 3flLlHITT RT (  18.27 }  :  3Tfl7
       0   6   12   18  24  30   36   42   48
                         H0URS
22
20
16
    B0TTBM SflLtNtTY flT I  18,27 > :  9TR7
  0   6   12  IB  24   30   36   42  46
                    H0URS
Figure 42.  Simulated  time histories of  water level, surface
             currents,  bottom currents, surface salinity and bottom  salinity
             at Station 7 during the 2-day simulation period.
                                        Ill

-------
     30
     25
   - 20
   6 '5
   _ to
      5
   o:  0
   fc -5
   ^-10
    -15
    -20
        SURFRCE ELEVRTI0N HT I  13.23 )  !   STR22
       0    6    12   IB  21   30   36  12   4fl
                  TINE   ( H0UR5 )
         SURFRCE CURRENT RT ( 13.23 I :   STR22
                                                     SURFRCE CURRENT RT (  13,23 1  :  STR2Z
      0   6   12   18   24   30  36   42   48
                 TtHE   I H0UR3  )
                                                 .-1
                                                     0    S   12   16   24   30  36   42   45
                                                                 TIMt   ( H0UR3 I
u
    -30
    .20
        B0TTBH CURRENT RT I 13,23 1 I   STRZ2

   -.io
   -.30
      0   6   12  18   24   30  3E   42   48
                 T1HE   ( HOURS 1
                                                       B0TT0M CWWENT RT I  13,23 ) :   STR22
                                                     0    E   12   19   24   30  36  42   48
                                                                TIME   (  H0URS J
    5.
  it
               SnttMlTT Hr  f 13,23 J  :  3TR22
                                                     B0TTBM 3RL1N1TY flT (  13.23 J  :  3TR22
    0
    5
    0
   3.S
   3.0
   2.5
   2.0
   t.S
   1,0
      0    6   12   IB  24   30  36  42   46
                 TIME   (  H0URS J
                                                     0   6    12   18  24   30   35  42   48
                                                                TIME   t H0URS )
Figure 43.   Simulated time histories  of water level,  surface
              currents, bottom currents,  surface salinity  and
              bottom Salinity at  Station 22 during  the 2-day period.
                                         112

-------
      30
      25
    - 20
    5 is
    _ 10
       5
    
-------
    30
    25
  - 20

  5S
     5
  tt  0
  fc -5
  ^-10
    -15
    -20
       SURFRCE EIEVPT1BN FIT t  30.28 ):  STfUO
      0    6    1Z   18   Z4  30  36   42   48
                         H0URS
       SURFHCE CURRENT RT  (  30.28 )  :   STR10
                                              5URFRCE CURRENT RT I   30.28 }  !  STfllO
 -
 y
 d
 =3
-I.B
-1.8
-2.0
-2,2
-2.4
-2.6
-2.8
-3.0
-3.2
-3.4
0   6   12  IB   24   30   36  42  48
                   HWJR3
                                       E-
                                       H
                                       d.
                                                            12   IB   24  30   36   42   48
        B0TT0H CURRENT RT I 30,28 I :   STfllO
    6   12  18  24   30   3E   42  48
                                               B0TT0H CURRENT flT t  30,28 )  :  STfllO
                                                       6    12   10   24  30  36   42   48
   .18
   .10
 £.08
 2 -06
 3-M
 S.02
       SURFflCE 9flLtNlTY RT I 30.29 J  :  3TRIO
                                              BflTTBM 3RLINITY flT ( 30,28 I :  STfllO
      0   6   12   18   21   30  36  42   48
                         HBURS
                                             0   6   12   18  24   30   36  42  48
                                                               HBURS
Figure 45.   Simulated time histories  of water level,  surface
              currents,  bottort currents,  surface salinity and
              bottom  salinity  at Station 10 during the  2-day  model
              simulation period.
                                       114

-------
*•*  GREEN BAY. LAKE MICHIGAN

      In this case study HYDR03D is applied as a part of a comprehensive study
of the effects of PCB's in Green Bay sediments.  Historically, the Fox River
in Wisconsin has contributed a significant amount of PCB,s to the environment
and  it is suspected that much of this contaminant has migrated into Green Bay.
The  Fox River has one of the largest concentrations of pulp and paper mills in
the  world, from which PCB's are suspected to have been discharged.  Most of
the  fisheries are presently closed because of the PCB levels in fish.

      The study involves a preliminary calibration of the hydrodynamics model
and  a sediment model with the historic data available.  Following the
preliminary calibration, both hydrodynamics and sediment transport models will
be calibrated with data being processed from the 1989 field season.  If the
study is fully successful, it will involve the linkage of hydrodynamics,
sediment transport, and large scale water-quality models of the box type
(Ambrose et al. 1987).  Presently, large scale box modeling suffers from an
inability to simulate and predict the effects of complex stratified flows on
transport.  An important test will be calibrating the model with historic data
and  checking the calibrated parameters with data collected in the summer of
1989 to see if the simulations are predictively valid.

      In this case study, results from the preliminary calibration are
reported to illustrate the use of the model in a large lake setting with
complex wind driven circulation.  The dynamic nature of Green Bay (Miller and
Saylor, 1985) indicates the need for unsteady state two- and three-dimensional
simulations.  HYDRO3D, which is capable of treating stratification and lake-
bay  interactions, is used to model the flow and transport processes in the
Bay.  In this case study the model is applied to simulate 2-D and 3-D
circulation patterns and these results are found to be similar to general and
specific observations of the Bay.

4.4.1  Physical Setting

      Green Bay is a long and relatively shallow water body in northern Lake
Michigan.  The Bay is separated from Lake Michigan by the Door Peninsula and
connected to the lake by four main channels near its northern end.  These
channels are Martin Island Passage, Rock Island Passage, Porte des Morts
Passage,  and Poverty Island Passage (see Figure 46).  The Bay is approximately
40 km wide and 190 km long and its main axis is oriented from the north by 38
degrees to the east.   More than a dozen streams drain the area around and in
the vicinity,  and discharge into the Bay.  Major tributaries that contribute
water and sediment to the Bay include the Fox,  Oconto, Peshtigo,  Menominee,
and Escanaba rivers.   The upper part of Green Bay is generally deeper than 20
m, with a maximum depth of 48 m west of Washington Island.   The lower half of
the Bay,  south of Chambers Island,  is 30 m deep near the island,  but very
shallow (few meters deep) at the southern end (see Figure 47).   Several small
islands exist in the Bay.  However for these simulations,  only the effects of
Chambers Island will be simulated.   Chambers Island has an area of 12 km2  and
is located midway between the mouth of the Bay and Green Bay city.

      The flow and circulation are controlled by wind, Lake Michigan water

                                     115

-------
 levels  (also wind dominated), and river inflows.   As  the historic data to be
 presented in the following sections indicate, seiche is an important phenomenon
 in the Bay.  In addition, winds significantly control local circulation.  There
 is a counterclockwise gyre northeast and a clockwise gyre  southwest of Chambers
 Island  in Green Bay that typically describe the general  circulation patterns.
 These general trends  must be simulated for the hydrodynamics model to achieve
 general usefulness  in this study.

 4.4.2  Two-Dimensional  Simulation of Flow

      The HYDRD3D  model is tested in  the  2-D  mode  using  historical data from
 Green Bay given by  Heaps  et  al,  (1982).  The main objective of these tests are
 to show the  response  of the  Bay to wind forcing and Lake Michigan water level
 changes.   The  limited data available for a 2-D simulation  consist  of:

 a)  Water  level observations  at the  mouth of the Bay  (St. Martin Island,  and
    Plum Island) and at two other stations: Menominee and Green Bay cities.

 b)  Hourly wind observations  at the airport in  Green Bay city.  No  current data
    are  available due to the  malfunction of current  meters.

 These data are used to specify the boundary conditions at the passages into Lake
 Michigan  and the wind shear on the  Bay.  The simulations  of water movements in
 the Bay are performed for two periods when data were collected.  These periods
 are September 17-20 and October 8-12, 1969.   The simulation for each period was
 started from the at-rest condition  to define the  initial velocity field for the
 simulations.

      Hourly  wind  data  taken at the airport (a  short  distance from the south
 end of  the Bay),  are used to  calculate  the  time-varying  wind stresses acting
 over the  entire water surface  of the Bay.   Winds were  variable during the two
 simulation periods. During the September period, the wind directions were mostly
 northward  for the first day of simulation  (September 17),  northeasterly during
 September  18, easterly during September 19, and southwesterly during September
 20. The maximum wind speed during this period was about 8.5 m/sec and occurred
 on September 8. Wind speeds during the October period were stronger than those
 for the September period.  The maximum  wind speed during the October period was
 about 12 m/sec and occurred on October 9.  The wind directions during this period
 were westerly during October  8, southerly during October 9,  southwesterly during
 October 10, northerly during October 11, and northeasterly during October 12.

      Two dimensional  simulations of water surface elevations and depth-averaged
 velocities are performed on a 2 km x 2 km horizontal  grid network.  This network
 has a total of 21 x 96 grid cells,  as shown in Figure 48.

      The water surface  elevation data measured at the mouth of the  Bay and near
 Green Bay city for  the September  and October periods  are given  in Figures 49 and
 50, respectively.   These  data are  used as input for the  model. As shown,  the
variation  of  the water  surface at  the mouth ranges from  5 to 10  cm  for each
 period of  the data set.   The  major force  that distinguished the October results
 from the September results is the wind force.  The wind direction also plays a
major role on the general circulation in the  Bay.  Figures  51 and 52 show these

                                     116

-------
      GREEN  BAY
       • rjti.lt
      Hi S Q  10   M   It".
      l  «   J  in  ii  a  Mi
                                                          14
                                                          10
                       "IBT
Figure 46, Map of Green Bay showing relation to Lake Michigan
         and other Great Lakes
                            117

-------
118
            bathymetry

-------
                     x
                                         E
Figure 48.  Grid network of Green Bay
                                                 s
                                  119

-------
                          GREEN BAY
                         SEPT 17-20 1969
UJ

111

UJ
O
to
cc
                                                     LEGEND
                                                   GBay City
                                                   GB'av"Mbu(fi
   o.o
          12,0
24.0
86.0
                                 48.0

                              TIME (HR)
60.0
72.6
V»6.C
   Figure 49 . Measured vater surface elevation at the mouth of
             Fox River near Green Bay city during September,

             1969
                                120

-------
                           GREEN BAY
                            Oct 8-12 1969
  o
  to
O
"— 'o
Z o
O"


I
UJ o
uJ?
UJ
O


1=
05
CC
UJ
2: °
5?
 LEGEND
Boundary
GTeehBiy"
  o


  1C
    0.0   12.0    24,0    36,0   46.0    60.0    72.0   84.0    86.0

                               TIME (HR)
                                                  108.0
120.
  Figure 50.  Measured water surface elevation at the mouth of

            Green Bay and at Green Bay city during October,  1969
                                121

-------
                               CIRCULATION IN GREEN BAY
                                         October 1969
                                      TIME = 54,00 HOURS
                                       TIME STEP =324
                  200 n
                   1800
                   1800
                   HO 0
                   120 0
                s
                3

                1
                3,  100 o
                a
                a
                   BO 0
                   90 0
                   40 0 -
                   20 0
                    0 0
                                                            50

                                                           Velocity Scale
                      00   100  200  300   400  SO (t  lo 0  TOO   800  BIO  1000

                                        X in Kilometers
Figure 51.   Simulated circulation  in Green Bay using October

             1969  data (54 hours from  at the at-rest)
                                    122

-------
                             CIRCULATION IN GREEN BAY
                                        Oclober 1969
                                    TIME = 114.00HOURS
                                     TIME STEP =684
                zoo.o
                 leoo
                 1800
                 140.0
                 130.0
              c

              I
              .3
              •a
                 60.0
                 flOO
                 400
                 800
                                                          50
                                                         Velocily Scale
0.0  100   200   300  400  500  *0 0

                  X in Kilometers
                                                     TOO  BOO   900  1000
Figure 52.   Simulated circulation in Green Bay  using October

             1969 data (114 hours from the at-rest)
                                     123

-------
 effects for southwesterly and northeasterly  winds  during the October period.
 During certain times  in October,  a  counterclockwise  circulation was  calculated
 due  to southwesterly  wind.  These two-dimensional results, however,  should not
 be compared with the general pattern of circulation in the Bay which was reported
 by Miller and Saylor (1985) and Modlin and Beeten (1970).   This counterclockwise
 circulation is  shown in Figure 51 where, along the western shore of the Bay flow
 is southward,  along eastern  side flow is northward in respect to  long axis of
 the  Bay, and near Green Bay city the flow is from left  to  right parallel  to the
 x-axis of  the  grid.   With the forcing of northeasterly wind, the  currents run
 along  both shores, producing counterclockwise flow along Chambers  Island  in the
 northern part  of the Bay  (Figure  52).

             Figure  53  shows the computed and  measured water  surface  elevations
 versus time  at  a station  near  the City of Green Bay  for September  17-20, 1969.
 During the  first day of the simulation a lag  was observed between  the measured
 and  computed water surface elevations. Because zero initial values  for dependent
 variables  such as water  surface elevation and  velocities  were  used,  it was
 concluded that  this lag is due to stabilization time, or the  time  that a  column
 of water  will   take to  absorb  the inertia of a  suddenly  applied wind stress.
 Differences  between the measured and computed water surface elevations  during
 the  last day of simulation may be attributed to the use  of the over-land wind
 data measured at the Green Bay  airport for over-water wind data in  the  Bay,

             For the  October  simulation  shown  in (Figure  54)  substantial
 differences  are apparent between  the measured  and  computed water  surface
 elevation  during  the  first  two  days  and last  day  of  the  simulation.
 Nevertheless,   there  is  good  agreement  between  the  observed   and computed
 oscillatory  patterns.   Again as  mentioned by Heaps, et al.  (1982),  the large
 differences between the simulated and measured water level  elevations  may  be due
 to some forces  that affected  the  observed  values  and were not included  in the
 computations. But in  general,  the model  responded fairly  well considering the
 inadequacy of available data used in the simulation.

 4.4.3  3-D Simulation of  Flow

             Since circulation  in  Green Bay  seems  to be three dimensional,  the
 application  of  the 3-D mode is expected to provide improved simulations.  This
 is investigated in this case study by applying the model in the 3-D mode.

            Heaps et al.  (1982) studied water motion in Green Bay by analyzing
 the  measured field  data  for  September  and October  1969. These  investigators
 pointed out that the main external forcing mechanisms to the Bay water included
 the  wind,   the  semidiurnal  tide,   and  the first  free longitudinal mode  of
 oscillation of the Lake Michigan,  with the latter two forcing components acting
 at the Bay mouth.  Using a vertically averaged 2-D numerical model,  Heaps  et al.
was  able to  simulate the  water surface and the  vertically integrated currents
 due  to specific external forces.   With the currents and temperature measured at
 different depths and locations within the Bay,  Miller and Saylor (1985) analyzed
 the data and found strong  variations of water motion and temperature in both the
horizontal directions  and in the  water column.
                                     124

-------
                          GREEN BAY
                         SEPT 17-20 1969
                                                   ALEGEND\
                                                   / ISIMULATEC
    o.o
12.0
       24.0
36.0
   48.0
TIME (HR)
Figure 53.  Measured and calculated water surface elevation at
          Green Bay mouth near Green Bay city during
          September 17-20, 1969
                             125

-------
                           GREEN  BAY
                            Oct 8-12  1969
   o
   o-
 Og

 Z
 O


 I"
 f^ CD -
 01 *
 -J
 UJ
 LU
 O
03

tr
ILI
           LEGEND
          SIMULATED
          MEASURED
0.0   12.0    24.0    36.0   48.0   60.0    72.0

                           TIME (HR)
                                               84.0
96.0
108.0
                                                                  120.1
Figure 54.  Measured and calculated water surface elevation at

          Green Bay mouth near Green Bay city during October

          8-12, 1969
                               126

-------
      Due to the 3-D characteristics  of water motions within the Bay, both Heaps
et  al.  (1982)  and Miller and  Saylor (1985) pointed out  that  a 3-D numerical
hydrodynamic model is essential to accurately simulate the circulations in the
Bay.  The HYDR03D model  was  used  to  simulate the 3-D currents within the Bay;
in which the domain was  divided into 21 grid points in x-direction and 96 grid
points in y-direction, and 5  vertical layers resulting 21 x 96 x 5 square cells.

            An  experiment using  the model,  was  conducted  to  determine  the
responses of water motion in  Green Bay under the action of a uniform wind field.
Starting from a zero initial condition,  we applied a uniform  wind of 8 m/sec to
the  Bay  and held it  constant  throughout  the simulation period. The  wind was
primarily  directed  along  the main  axis  of the  Bay  (negative  x-axis) ,  38°
clockwise from the north  toward the City of Green Bay. For the  sake of simplicity
and the unavailability of boundary conditions at  the mouth, the Bay was assumed
to be an enclosed domain.

            With the above assumptions and grid configurations,  a 3-D simulation
was performed for a  duration of 40 hours.   Figure  55  shows  the water surface
elevations  in Green Bay  after  40  hours.  Due to  the direction of  the wind,  a
positive water surface profile is maintained toward the City of Green Bay.  The
profile decreases to zero somewhere in the middle of the main axis and then to
negative values in the two northern gulfs.   Figure 56 shows the 3-D, vertically
averaged currents in the Bay at the same time.  The currents along the shallow
shore regions  are  driven by the  wind.    Currents against the wind  in deeper
central regions are driven by the pressure gradient associated with the positive
surface setup as was  shown in  Figure 55.  This phenomenon is  often seen in the
studies of estuarine and lake hydrodynamics.

      Several small gyres are distributed in the Bay.  These gyres are associated
with the bathymetry and geometry of the Bay.  Comparing Figures 55 and 56 with
the  Heaps's 2-D model  results,  we  find  that the agreement  between surface
elevations from both models is remarkably good. The (maximum) surface setup at
the City of Green Bay is 11.7 cm from HYDR03D and 11 cm from Heaps'  model.  The
general patterns of 2-D  circulation  in  Figure  56  are very similar  to those of
Heaps' model except  in regions near the mouth. In Figure 56,  from the mouth to
the  northern, shore,  there  exists  two   types   of   circulation.     One   is
counterclockwise near the mouth and the other clockwise  near the northern shore.
In Heaps' results, these two gyres are  merged into one large counterclockwise
gyre extending from the mouth to the  northern shore.  This difference of local
circulation may be attributed to the fact that in  Heaps' model,  the mouth is not
a boundary;  rather,  it is continuously connected  to the lake. An open boundary
is assumed  to exist in the central region  of the  lake, which is far  away from
the mouth and hence  the  Bay. In the  present model, however, we  assume rigid,
closed boundaries along  the mouth.   Figure  57  shows the  currents  in  the near-
surface layer and Figure 58 shows  those in the near-bottom layer.
                                     127

-------
Figure 55.   Water surface elevation in Green Bay after  40 hours
                                   128

-------
                        GREEN  BflY
                CONSTRNT WIND (RFTER 40 HOURS)
   30.6     CM/SEC


  3D - VERTICALLY flVERflGED
                                            WIND (3 M/SEC1
Figure 56.   3-D vertically averaged currents in Green Bay after

            40 hours
                                 129

-------
             Similar to the wind-driven currents along the shallow shore regions,
 the  near-surface currents  also  are driven by  the wind and  hence follow the
 direction of the wind.  These unidirectional surface currents cause a gradient
 of water surface elevation along the  wind  direction.  To balance the pressure
 gradients caused by  the water surface setup,  the currents return in  the lower
 layers  (near the bottom), in particular, the deeper regions, as shown in Figures
 57 and  58.

 4.5  Prince William Sound.  Alaska

      To  further test the  capability of HYDR03D under a different situation it
 was  applied  to Prince William Sound  in Alaska,  to simulate water  circulation
 during  the recent oil spill from the EXXON Valdez that began on March  24, 1989.
4.5.1  Physical Setting

     Prince William Sound (Figure 59) lies on the southern coast of Alaska. The
sound covers an area of approximately 8000 square kilometers  (3090 square miles)
and includes many  islands of various sizes. Most of the islands are concentrated
in the western half of  the sound, leaving a large open area of approximately 1800
square kilometers  (700 square miles)  in the  eastern half.  The terrain in the
area is very rough,  creating numerous bays and causing the shoreline  of the sound
and islands to be quite irregular.

     The sound is  separated from the Gulf of Alaska by Montague and Hinchinbrook
Islands, which form the  south-eastern boundary,  and has two major connections
to the Gulf of Alaska.  The  Hinchinbrook Entrance  is  11.4 kilometers (7.1 miles)
wide and opens directly to the  gulf between Hinchinbrook and Montague Islands,
at about the  middle of the eastern side of  the  sound.  At the  southern end of
Montague Island and of the  sound,  Montague Strait forms an  8.4 kilometer (5.2
miles) wide passage parallel to the  main shoreline.   The average  depth in the
Hinchinbrook Entrance and Montague Strait is 300 meters (980 feet) and  195 meters
(630 feet), respectively.

     A navigation channel  extends  from the   port  of Valdez in  a  bay  at  the
northern end of the sound, across the previously mentioned open stretch of water,
and  out  through  the  Hinchinbrook Entrance.    Depths  along this  channel  are
primarily in the  range of 275 to 460  meters  (900 to 1500 feet).   These depths
are typical of the more open, western half of the sound.  In the eastern half,
a scattering of islands separates the sound into a network of passages of widely
varying widths and depths.  The two major passages  lie on  either  side  of  the
largest interior island, Knight  Island.  The passage between  Montague and Knight
Islands averages about  6.3 kilometers (3.9 miles)  wide and 180 meters  (600 feet)
deep; the narrower passage between Knights Island and the main shoreline averages
about 10.1 kilometers  (6.3  miles)  wide and 400 meters  (1300 feet) deep.   The
maximum depth in  the sound  is approximately  870  meters  (2860 feet) and occurs
in the western half of the  sound,  off the northern end of Knight Island.
                                      130

-------
                            GREEN  BRY
                    CONSTRNT NINO (RFTER 40 HOURS!
        59.o    OH/SEC


       3D VELOCITY

       LflYER NO. -   5
                                                 HfNO 18 M/SECt

Figure 57.   3-D  simulation of currents in Green Bay  (near the

            surface layer).
                                 131

-------
                        GREEN  BRY
                CON5TRNT WIND (flPTER 40 HOURS)
   M,2     CM/SEC


  3D VELOCITY

  LflYER NO.  -   i
                                             WIND (8 M/SEC)
         ^-^*-:*1      \/ ^•±sr?zrr:r.3A1 ..,^zry-TTl?^rgr=^y?^T*-r  °
Figure 58.   3-D simulation of currents  in Green  Bay  (near  the

            bottom layer).
                                  132

-------
Figure 59.   Map of Prince William Sound,  Alaska,
                                   133

-------
 4.5.2. Modeling  Parameters

      Two finite difference grid networks were used to describe the Prince William
 Sound area. Initially a coarse uniform grid network (Figure 60) of 35 x 28 square
 blocks was used  to minimize data processing  and  computation time.  In  this grid
 system  the area  of  each grid block was 25.8 square  kilometers (10.0 square
 miles).  This  relatively coarse  grid failed to represent the highly  irregular
 nature of  the  shoreline,  omitting  many small islands,  passages, and bays. The
 second grid was  (Figure 61)  four  times as fine as the first, consisting of 70
 x  56  square blocks where  the area of each grid block was  6.5 square kilometers
 (2.5  square miles).   This finer  grid was much more successful  in representing
 the features missed by  the coarser grid.

      Both circumscribing grids had an open boundary on their western and southern
 sides  (approximately  corresponding to  the  south  and east of the map) .  On the
 western side, the open boundary extended from blocks 2  to  10 for thecoarse grid
 and blocks 2 to  21  for  the  fine  grid.   On the eastern side, the open boundary
 extended from blocks 2 to 29  for the coarse grid and blocks 2 to  63  for the fine
 grid.

     Three simulation runs  were  performed to calculate the  flow field in the
 sound.  One run for each grid was  completed in the 2-D  mode  in addition to a 3-
 D  run (with three  layers)  using the  coarse grid.   For  simplicity  in these
 comparative test runs, a tidal amplitude of 3.0 meters  (9.8  feet) with no phase
 angle was assumed along the  open boundaries.  All other factors, such as wind
 stresses and river inflows, were  neglected.   A time  step of  1.0  and 1.5 minutes
was used for the coarse grid and fine grid runs,  respectively.   These runs were
used  to compare  the results  from a 2-D and  3-D analysis and from a coarse and
 fine grid analysis (2-D only).


4.5.3  Results

     Scale vector plots  of the calculated velocity field were obtained at hourly
 intervals for each run.   These plots are shown in Figures 62 to 64.  The scale
of  the  velocity  vector is  given  in  terms  of  its  horizontal, and vertical
components one inch  equals  0.77  meters per  second  (2.5 feet per second).   An
arrow with no stem indicates that the  velocity is too  small to  be revealed at
this scale.  The map scale is 1 inch equals  23,4 kilometers (14.6  miles).

     Several velocity vectors in the lower right corner  were unexpectedly large.
At one point in particular, the velocity was so great that, for several plots,
this vector was truncated at the boundary of the plot. Extensive  mud flats exist
here, causing some  of this area to be declared  as land  (the blank  area)  and
others to be  very shallow.  The isolated large velocities  in this corner may be
attributed to this shallowness combined with the  boundary effects.
                                     134

-------
Figure 60,  Coarse grid of Prince William Sound, Alaska.
                                    135

-------
                                                                        nniiijiEirr icwi
         itii
J4J4+H-HHf»H!-H4tt*f4i4+-H-H-
,JL,l_Lt_i_Lji_j_JLjLiJlwt™i._i_i.i.J.j.J,ji,j.Xa.~LLLl~4_l,J-.j_-t,
4- -J-H-J-H-4J- i-Hfir
:L:i±J:fm4::±|:t:i:i:j4
Figure  61.   Fine  grid of  Prince William Sound, Alaska.
                                            136

-------
anoq -[) pjaS SSJEOO 3ui:sn  punog
 UT s^uaa^no jo

-------
SET
uf
sanoq g) P"pj9 BSJBOD 9ujsn  punog
      jo pa3eaaA.B
                             -£9

-------
Figure 64.   2-D vertically  averaged of currents In Prince William Sound using
            coarse grid (3 hours after simulation).
                                   139

-------
      Some  velocity  vectors  are plotted  over  land.    This  is  due  to the
 discretization process. Attempting to represent the shoreline with a fixed grid
 resulted  in  some blocks containing both land and water.  Velocity vectors are
 plotted at the center  of  the block, occasionally resulting  in the vector  being
 plotted on land.   This phenomenon occurs most often in the coarse grid due to
 its  poorer  representation of  the actual shoreline. (This  grid  has also been
 slightly rotated from  its original position  in order to match the alignment of
 the  fine grid.)
4.5.4. Discussion

     In  comparing  the  results from the 2-D and  3-D runs utilizing the coarse
grid  (Figures  64-66),  we note two factors.   First,  the flow direction varied
with time and space in a similar manner for each  run.   Thus,  at any given point
in time, the current pattern for the sound was  the same for the 2-D and 3-D runs.
Second, the magnitude of the flow velocities at any given point in time and space
varied little  for  these runs.   Only  at the third hour (Figures 64 and 67) can
any detectable difference be discerned.  At this time, the velocities  at the two
main entrances  to  the  sound are  slightly greater  for the 2-D run.   Thus, it
appears  that the 2-D and 3-D  options differ most in the calculated magnitudes
of the flow field with  little or no impact on the directionality.

     A comparison of the 2-D coarse grid  and fine grid results (Figures 64-69)
yields a similar conclusion.  Due to  the longer time  step and better resolution
of the fine grid,  it took slightly longer  for  the flow  field  to stabilize so no
comparison could be made in the first hour. At subsequent hours, however, it was
again seen that the  flow direction varied with  time and space in a similar manner
for each run, resulting in similar current patterns.  Also, some difference was
noted in the magnitude  of the flow velocities at any  given  point in time and
space.  One must compare the velocities with care as  the greater density of the
vectors in the  fine  grid plots tends to exaggerate any differences  in magnitude.
By examining individual, corresponding velocity vectors in each run,  it may be
seen that within the two main entrances to the sound,  only a small difference
occurs whereas, on  either  side  of the entrances, the differences are greater.
At a  given  time  for  the  fine  grid  run,  the flow  gains speed  more rapidly
approaching the entrances,  reaches a  slightly greater  maximum velocity within
the entrance, and loses speed  more slowly  on the  other  side.  The  fine grid, as
would be expected, provided a much more detailed visualization of the flow field,
including the  representation  of flows through several  smaller entrances  that
parallel Montague  Strait.   Thus,  it appears  that  the velocity  magnitude is
affected by  the degree  of resolution of  the finite  difference grid  while the
directionality remains  unchanged.
                                     140

-------
Figure 65.  3-D simulation of currents in Prince William Sound
            using coarse grid (1 hour after simulation).
                                    141

-------
            1 I  I
Figure 66,   3-D simulation of currents In Prince William Sound
            using coarse grid {2 hours after simulation),

-------
Figure 67.  3-D simulation of currents in Prince William Sound
            using coarse grid (3 hours after simulation).
                                   143

-------
                                       » t
                                        t«
                                          »»


                                    »tti»***
                                    i,»<» »i» 11
                                     » *'it * i i 11
                                    I I • M t t t I l
                                    4, 44 *i t 4 t 1
                                     « -i4 »,
                                         4 *
                                    * 4 1J4*-
Figure 68.  2-D vertically averaged of  currents  in Prince William

            Sound using fine grid  (2 hours  after simulation).
                                    144

-------
        •...I
Figure 69.   2-D vertically averaged of currents in Prince William
            Sound using fine grid (3 hours after simulation).
                                   145

-------
4. 6   Currents  in Mississippi Sound

      In  this  application,  an earlier version of the model has been applied to
simulate the  tide-  and wind-driven currents in Mississippi Sound and adjacent
continental shelf waters of the Gulf of Mexico  (Sheng, 1983).


4.6.1 Physical Setting

      Mississippi  Sound and adjacent areas (Figure  70)  is a  region  that has
received greater  attention  due  to  increasing  utilization of  its  resources,
including  the  dredging of  shipping  channels   and the  disposal  of  dredged
materials.  The Mississippi  River is located at  the Western  end of the sound
and  it dominates flow and sediment transport in area.  Other major tributaries
which discharge into the sound  include the Pearl, Pascagoula, and Mobile Rivers.


4.6.2 Circulation in Mississippi Sound

      The  circulation  in Mississippi  Sound is  affected by  (1) ocean  tides
propagating  from   the   Gulf   of   Mexico   through  the  sound  entrance,  (2)
meteorological forcing, and (3) bathymetry and geometry.

      Gulf tides in  the area  consist of the diurnal components  Kl,  01,  and PI
collectively over  the semi-diurnal components M2  and  S2, except along  the Western
Florida Coast.  Platzman (1972) and Hansen (1974) found that the period of the
lowest mode of long  gravity waves in the Gulf might be quite close to the diurnal
tide  period, hence  suggesting  a quasi -resonant condition.  Reid and Whitaker
(1981) developed a  numerical tide  model  for the Gulf based on the vertically-
integrated  linearized,  Laplace tidal  equations  in spherical  coordinates  to
portray  the barotropic response of the Gulf  to  tidal forcing.   Their study on
the Gulf tides may provide a useful option to supply  seaward boundary conditions
for this application.

      The water level response for a given tidal constituent is usually expressed
in the following form (Shureman, 1941)  in  terms of the  surface displacement  f :
                    f - F(t) A(A,^) cos  [  wt + x  - G (X,^)]                (68)
where X is the longitude,  is the latitude, A is the mean amplitude over 18.6
years and  G  the Greenwich  phase  or epoch  at  given position  (A,^),  is  tidal
frequency,  x is the astronomical argument, while F is the nodal  factor (a slowly
varying function of time).  Tides  at particular  stations  are characterized by
A and G for individual constituents.  In Sheng's study (1983),  A's and G's for
5 constituents (01, Kl, PI,  S2 and M2)  along the open boundaries of our grid are
supplied from  Reid  and Whitaker 's model.   Surface displacements at  the  open
boundary stations are determined from a linear combination of those due to the
five tidal constituents.
                                      146

-------
Figure 70.   Lateral Numerical Grid Used for Dynamic Simulation of
            Coastal Currents within the Mississippi Coastal Waters,
                                   147

-------
4.6.3  Results

     Simulations were performed for tide and wind-driven current during September
20  to  September 25,  1980 and briefly are described below.

4.6.3.1  Tidal Simulation

     In  this example,  the model was  run  using  water  surface displacement
(Equation  68)  as  the boundary  conditions.   The  model-simulated water surface
displacements  at  four stations  (see  Figure 70  for  locations) within the
Mississippi  Sound  are  compared with  measured data in Figure 71.  The measured
data shown on those figures have been filtered such that variations due to  short
period oscillations  on the order of a few hours or  less  are  not  included.  Over
the  simulation period, diurnal tides  dominate  over the  semi-diurnal  tides.
Towards the  end of the five-day period, the  diurnal tides become somewhat less
predominant while the semi-diurnal tides became gradually more apparent.  Good
agreement is found at all  stations.

     Surface displacement  over  the coastal area at the end of the third day of
simulation  is  shown in Figure  72,   The results exhibit  variation  in surface
displacement  from  nearly  zero  along the  open boundary  to  -7  cm within the
Mississippi  Sound,  indicating the phase difference in tide.

     In this  simulation, a relatively large time step  of 12  minutes was used
for both the external and  the  internal  modes.  Seven grid points were used in
the vertical  direction.  A relatively smooth bottom with a roughness length,
Z^,  of 0.1 cm was  assumed. A parabolic length scale, A, no  more than  25% of
the local depth,  was assumed in the vertical  direction.  River inflows from six
rivers were considered:  Pearl,  Jourdon-Wolf,  Biloxi, W. Pascagoula, Pascagoula,
and Mobile,

     The tide-driven horizontal currents  at mid-depth are  shown in  Figure 73
for two stations in  the Mississippi  Sound.   Currents  on the order of 1  ft/sec
(30 cm/sec)  exists  at both stations.   Again, reasonable agreement  is  found
between data and model results.

     The horizontal velocity field at 1  m depth, after 3 days of simulation, is
shown in Figure 74.   Relatively  large currents exist at the various tidal inlets
and In the  area  between Ship  Island  and  Chandeleur  Island.   Except in  these
areas,  at  this  instant of time,  bottom shear stress  generated by  the  tidal
currents are generally less than 0.3 dyne/cm2.
                                     148

-------
                         ftuftvStiftN  Bt IB. 44  -  STATION I
Figure 71.  Transient Variation of Surface Displacements at Four Stations
            Within the Mississippi Sound from 9/20/80 to 9/25/80.
                                    149

-------
    X  9 •
                       H1591SSIPP1 SflUND  t  FILE s
                    SURFACE DISPUCEMENt fit TIME = 72.0 H0URS
                      -7.0
   I OWTIUM  i  tOU
-5. a     -3.0     -1.0     O.SO
Figure 72,   Surface Displacement Contours  Within the Mississippi
             Coastal Waters at 0 Hr.,  9/23/80.
                                     150

-------
                                                              Model Retultt
                                                         	Dolo
                                                                         Tmo.
                                             STATION 5
          a. e
         -o. to
         -l . 6
          I . •
          I .€»
          a. •
          e.o
                                             STATIONS
Mo

	 , 	 4~ 	 1 	 » 	 ,-1 	 * 	 _Jl 	
	 Model
	 . oafa

Reiulft_
_
i
                                                                         **a.
                                    ze.es  STATION 6
          i.a
          a.*
          a.a
         -o.fc
         -l, o
              .(d)
          '•"«
                                                               too.
FIGURE 73,  Transient Variation of Mid-Depth Velocities at Two
           Stations  Within the Mississippi  from 9/20/80 to 9/25/80,
                                     151

-------
                       MISSISSIPPI SWNO  :  FILE = 11300X4
                 UV VEL0C1TY HT TIME  = 72.0 H0URS RND DEPTH =
l.OM
   x 3
                                                         2.66E+01  ICM/SECJ
                                                               VECTIR
FIGURE  74,  Horizontal Velocity Field  at 0 hour and  1  in depth, 9/23/80.
                                      152

-------
4.6.3.2  Wind-effect on Tidal-Driven Currents

     The results presented above did not contain any wind-driven effect.  During
this  study,  wind  data  were  collected  at  several  meteorological  stations
surrounding the  Mississippi  Sound.   The wind during  the  5-day  period between
September 20 and September 25, 1980, was generally quite  mild (— 10 mph) blowing
from the southeast.  To examine the effect of wind on the currents, Sheng (1983)
carried out a three-day simulation from September 20 using  a uniform wind stress
of 1 dyne/cmz  from the southeast.  As shown in Figure 75, the southeasterly wind
caused water to pile up within the Mississippi Sound at (I,J)=(22,62), outside
Pascagoula Harbor along the northern shore.   The wind resulted  in a set-up of
0.4 ft.  The wind set-up at (I,J)=(30,56), however, is only 0.2  ft.  due to the
shielding effect of the Horn Island.

     The influence of wind on the current also depends on the location.  Figure
76 shows the along-shore velocity at 2 locations over the 3-day period.  At (I,J)
= (33,28), off Cat Island,  the presence  of the wind did not have  an appreciable
effect on the tidal current.  At  (I,J)  - (26,88),  within  the pass between the
Mississippi Sound and the  Mobile Bay, the wind caused significant flow from the
Mobile Bay into  the  Sound.  This resulted in a significantly larger bottom shear
stress,  which leads  to  the  reduction   in  the   amplitude  of the  tide-driven
currents.  For detailed  information  on this application, the reader is referred
to Sheng (1983).
                                     153

-------
                       ELEVRTICJN  RT  22.62
                                                                           120.
                      EIl-ElVHTieiN  RT  3O.56
                                          (HBunai
                                                                           1X0.
FIGURE 75.   Influence of Wind on Surface  Displacements at Two Stations  from
            9/20/80 to 9/24/80.
                                   154

-------
                   MID-DEPTH u  AT  31
         Ha)
   - CT . H •—
   — 1.0 —
        Mb)

.Wind B Tide
-Tide Only

                                   T I M
                  MfO-DEPTK
                  MID-DEPTH u
        He)
Winrf  B Tide   i
Tide Only      F
                   MID-DEPTH »  AT
CC
           (d)
                                          Mo •
                                   T I MR   I MtBUHS J
   Figure  76.  Influence of Wind on Mid-depth Horizontal  Velocities at Two
              Stations from 9/20/80 to 9/24/80.
                                       155

-------
                                   SECTION 5

                          HYDR03D PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
 5.1  OVERVIEW

            This  section of the manual provides information for the operation
 of the program on a computer system such as the Digitial Equipment Corporation
 VAX.  This section will also explain the various subroutines in the model
 which should facilitate modification of the program for specific application
 and design of a specialized input/output by adding new modules.  A description
 of to the programming aspects of the code will also help users in linking the
 hydrodynamic program to water quality modeling packages.


 5.2  HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS

            At this time, the model is operational only on the DEC VAX
 computer systems.  The program modifications and test runs have been done on
 the VAX and therefore the model operations on the VAX system are described
 here.  The program code is written in VAX FORTRAN 77 and requires about 3000
 blocks of hard disk storage, which increases proportionately with the 2-D or
 3-D mode of operation and the length of simulation time.  For output in the
 graphic forms the CA-DISSPLA graphic software package is used.
5.3  INSTALLATION AND IMPLEMENTATION

            Although the program is designed for operation on a VAX computer
system, It can be run with some modifications on other computer systems that
support the VAX FORTRAN programming language.  For VAX operation, the supplied
program on tape must be installed on the computer system according to the
instructions in the README file accompanying the program codes. The executable
code should then be tested with the sample input file supplied with the model
and the output compared with the sample output file to ensure that the program
is installed properly on the computer system.  If it is desired to modify the
program or add extra subroutines to perform specialized calculations, then the
source code must be re-compiled after the modification and linked before it
can be used in performing hydrodynamic simulations.


5.4  DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPUTER PROGRAM

            The model consists of 64 subroutines which enable the code to
perform various tasks in a structured fashion.  These subroutines facilitate

                                     156

-------
the input of data to the program, perform the mathematical calculations, and
output the simulation results in either numerical or graphical form.  The main
routine supervises the overall model operation.  It opens input files, calls
subroutines,  closes input files and opens output files.   For graphical
presentation of the simulation results the software package DISSPLA is used.
The graphical outputs are the basin topography, temporal and spatial variation
of velocities, elevations, temperature, and salinity.  Figure 77 illustrates
the functional relationships among the different modules of the program.
                                     157

-------
                          EHSM3D
                        Main Program
               X-Y MODE
                         2-D    3-D X-Y-Z MODE
                          1        1
X-Z MODE
            INPUT
         PARAMETERS
    INPUT
PARAMETERS
    INPUT
PARAMETERS
                          OUTPUT
                        PARAMETERS
                  GRAPHIC
         NUMERICAL
Figure 77, Operational Chart of the EHSM3D model.
                         158

-------
5.5  SUBROUTINE DESCRIPTIONS

            This section describes the characteristics of each individual
subroutine of the HYDR03D code.

   EHSM3D :  Main program that supervises the overall model simulation,  as
            shown in the flowchart in the previous section.
   EHSMAI :  Sets the lateral turbulent eddy viscosities on the computational
            star used to compute the lateral diffusion terms of the horizontal
            (u) velocity in subroutine EHSMD4 (2-D runs only).
   EHSMAJ :  Sets the lateral turbulent eddy viscosities on the computational
            star used to compute the lateral diffusion terms of the horizontal
            (v) velocity in subroutine EHSMD4 (2-D runs only).
   EHSMAS ;  Sets the lateral turbulent eddy diffusivities on the computational
            star used to compute the lateral diffusion terms of the water
            quality parameters in subroutine EHSMC4.
   EHSMAU ;  Sets the lateral turbulent eddy viscosities on the computational
            star used to compute the lateral diffusion terms of the horizontal
            u velocity in subroutine EHSMB4(3-D runs  only).
   EHSMAV ;  Sets the lateral turbulent eddy viscosities on the computational
            star used to compute the lateral diffusion terms of the horizontal
            (v) velocity in subroutine EHSMB4(3-D runs on]y).
   EHSMB3 ;  Advances the 3-D velocity fields.  Using a vertically implicit
            scheme,  the horizontal perturbation velocities (u',vf)  and
            computes.   These are then combined with the horizontal  vertically
            integrated velocities (U,V)  to obtain the horizontal velocities
            (u,v).  The continuity equation then is used to compute  the
            vertical velocity on both the vertically  stretched grid and the
            original grid.
   EHSMB4 :  Computes the explicit advection and horizontal diffusion terms of
            the momentum and vertically integrated momentum equations.   These
            are then saved for use by EHSMB3 and EHSMFF for advancing the
            velocity fields (3-D runs only).
   EHSMC4 :  Computes the explicit advection and horizontal diffusion terms of
            the concentration,  salinity or temperature equation.  These are
            then saved for use by EHSMCN,  EHSMSA or EHSMTE for advancing the
            fields  (3-D runs only).
   EHSMCN :  Advances the concentration field using a  vertically implicit
            scheme  and the explicit terms computed by EHSMC4.
   EHSMCS  :  Sets the field values on the computational star used to compute
            the explicit terms of the water quality parameters in subroutine
            EHSMC4.
   EHSMCU :  Computes the coefficients and inverts the matrix for advancing the
            water quality parameters,
   EHSMD4 :  Computes the explicit advection and horizontal diffusion terms of
            the vertically integrated momentum equations.   These are then
            saved for  use by EHSMFF for  advancing the vertically averaged
            velocity fields (2-D runs only).
   EHSMDE  :  Computes the water density field and the  baroclinic pressure
            gradient terms  for the horizontal  momentum equations.

   EHSMDP  :  Dumps step number information to  a disk file (DUMP.TMP)when

                                     159

-------
          switch-1 is sent while the program is  running,

EHSMDT  :  Computes the individual parts  of horizontal  diffusion terms for
          EHSMB4,  EHSMC4 and EHSMD4.  Entry point EHSMDO computes the basic
          diffusion term.  Entry point EHSMDF computes  the higher order
          terms.
EHSMED  :  Computes the lateral turbulent eddy viscosity and diffusivity
          fields.   This routine also computes the Richardson number,
          square-root of the turbulent energy and turbulent scale fields.
EHSMEX  :  Advances the external variables (surface elevation and vertically
          integrated velocities).   The river flows,  tidal conditions and
          wind stresses are first set. Then using a horizontally implicit
          scheme  (implicit in the x direction only)  the surface elevation is
          partially advanced.   From this the vertically integrated u
          velocity is advanced.  Then using a similar horizontally implicit
          scheme  (implicit in the y direction) the advance of the surface
          elevation is completed.  From this the  vertically integrated v
          velocity is advanced.
EHSMEZ  :  Computes the lateral turbulent eddy viscosity or diffusivity for a
          given water column (called by  EHSMED).
EHSSFF  :  Computes the explicit terms for the x-  and y-sweeps of the surface
          elevation equation (called by  EHSMEX).
EHSMPN  :  A subroutine composed of functions CONCEN  and DIFFUS,  which
          provide  values of concentration and diffusion coefficient at grid
          points according to  grid indices MS and NS.
EHSMGA    Tridiagonal matrix inversion routine called by EHSMCU and EHSMZS.
EHSMGR    Generates a printer  plot of 2-D or 3-D  field.
EHSMHC    Supervises  the computation of  the hydrodynamic  variables(surface
          elevation,  vertically integrated velocities,  velocities,  salinity
          and  temperature).
EHSMHR  :  Reads the hydrodynamic variables (surface  elevation,vertically
          integrated velocities,  velocities,  salinity and temperature)  from
          disk. Used to compute  concentration fields from a previously made
          run,
EHSMIF    Provides the initial 2-D and 3-D fields  at the  beginning  of a run.

EHSMIH    Initializes the  bottom topography fields at the
          beginning of a run.
EHSMI1    Initializes the  index  fields at the beginning of a run.
EHSMIN    Supervises  the input and initialization  of the  fields.
EHSMIR    Reads the input  parameters.
EHSMIS    Initialize  the salinity  field based on quadratic  interpolation of
          salinity data at  up  to 10 stations.
EHSMPT    To initialized temperature  field based on  quadratic  interpolation.

EHSMIT    Computes  individual  advection terms for  subroutines  EHSMB4,  EHSMC4
          and  EHSMD4.
EHSMIW    Outputs  input  parameters  and initial fields,
EHSMMI    Matrix inversion  routine  for momentum equations  (called by
          EHSMB3).
EHSMND    Computes  nondimensional parameters and normalizes  initial fields.
EHSMOT    Output routine. This routine supervises  the output and  checks  for

                                   160

-------
          run termination.   If variable time  steps  are  used this  routine
          computes the maximum change of the  controlling variables  and the
          maximum Courant number and adjusts  the  time step  accordingly.
EHSMRF  ;  Reads the 2-D and 3-D fields from disk  then restarting  a  run.
EHSMRI  :  Computes the river flows  and advances velocity and salinity fields
          at river points (called by EHSMEX).
EHSMRS  :  Computes velocity and bottom stress  residuals in  the  output
          routine.
EHSMSA  :  Advances the salinity field using a  vertically implicit scheme  and
          the explicit terms computed by EHSMC4.
EHSMSB  :  Computes salinity value at the open  boundaries using  a  linear time
          interpolation.
EHSMSC  :  Controls the smoothing of fields.  This routine may be  called by
          EHSMED to smooth the lateral turbulent  eddy viscosities and
          diffusivities (KSMALL.  NE.  0)  or  by  ENSMOT to smooth  the  velocity
          fields (ISPAC(8),  NE.  0)  and/or the  water quality parameters
          (ISPAC(2).  NE.  0).
EHSMBT:   Computes  temperature values at the open boundaries using  a  linear
          time interpolation.
EHSMSE  :  Sets the  surface  elevations and depths  for all computational
          stars.   This routine is called by most routines that  need the
          surface elevation or depth when ISMALL -  1.
EHSMSM    1-D spatial smoother routine (called by EHSMSC).
EHSMSS    Routine called  by EHSMOT  to check for steady  state.
EHSMTB    Computes  the bottom stress  (called by EHSMFF).
EHSMTD    Computes  the tidal surface  elevations and advances the  surface
          elevation field on tidal  points (called by EHSMEX).
EHSMTE    Advances  the temperature  field using a vertically implicit  scheme
          and the explicit  terms  computed by EHSMC4.
EHSMTP    Generates test  output (ITEST flag).
EHSMU4    Computes  u velocity  at  v  points (contains EHSMV4  to compute v
          velocities  at u points, and EHSMW4 to compute  v velocities  at w
          points).
EHSMVI  :  Sets the  velocities  on the  computational  star  used to compute the
          advection and lateral  diffusion terms of  the horizontal u velocity
          in subroutine EHSMD4 (2-D runs  only).
EHSMVJ  :  Sets the  velocities  on  the  computational  star  used to compute the
          advection and lateral  diffusion terms of  the horizontal v velocity
          in subroutine EHSMD4 (2-D runs  on]y).
EHSMVS  :  Sets the  velocities  on  the  computational  star  used to compute the
          advection terms of the  water quality parameters in subroutine
          EHSNC4.
EHSMVU  :  Sets the  velocities  on  the  computational  star  used to compute the
          advection and lateral diffusion terms or  the horizontal u velocity
          in subroutine EHSMB4 (3-D runs  only).
EHSMW  :  Sets the  velocities  on  the  computational  star  used to compute the
          advection and lateral diffusion terms of  the horizontal v velocity
          in subroutine EHSMB4 (3-D runs  only).
EHSMW3  :  Generates numerical  printout of 3-D  fields.
EHSMWR  :  Generates numerical  printout of 2-D  fields.

EHSMWS  ;  Reads  surface wind stress from  disk  and interpolates the

                                   161

-------
         surface wind stress field  (called "by EHSMEX).
EHSMWW
EHSMXX
EHSMXY
EHSMZE

EHSMZS
         Computes  the vertical velocity field from the continuity equation
         (called by EHSMB3).
         This is the external routine name called to set surface elevations
         and depths.  If ISMALL - 0 then EHSMXX is EHSMZE else it is
         EHSMSE.
         Computes  x and y grids if not read from disk.
         Sets the  depths for all computational stars. This routine is
         called by most routines that need the depths when ISMALL — 0.
         Computes  the matrix coefficients for the surface elevation
         equation, inverts the matrix, sets new surface elevation and
         computes  new vertically integrated velocity field (called by
         EHSMEX).  In addition to the above subroutines of the HYDR03D
         code, the following programs are used to generate the depth arrays
         and the various grid indices:
DEPTH_FILE_CREATE  ;  This program reads the depths at the corner points of
                     the grid lines and creates the 3 depth arrays for the
                     U, V and f points.
                     This program reads the depth file created by
                     DEPTH_FILE_CREATE and produces the grid indices NS,
                     MS, JU1, JU2, JV1, JV2, IU1, IU2, IV1, and IV2.
INDEX FILE CREATE
                                  162

-------
5.6   INPUT/OUTPUT UNITS
Unit 4  -   This is the main Input file providing the essential input
           information via formatted card images that are described in detail
           in Section 2.
Unit 6  -   This is the file containing the major printouts.
Unit 6  -   This is a formatted sequential input/output file which stores the
           surface displacements, vertically- integrated velocities and
           three-dimensional velocities at selected stations and time
           intervals. It is created in EHSMOT by:
               WRITE( 8,911)  TIME, IT
           911 FORMAT (1PE13.6, OPI13)
               WRITE(8,912)  (S(JST(I),IST(I)),  I-l.NSTA)
               WRITE(8,912)  (UI(JST(I),IST(I),  I=1,NSTA)
               WRITE(8,912)  (VI(JST(I),IST(I),  I=1,NSTA)
           912 FORMAT (1P10E13.6)
               DO  10120  KZ=1,KM
               WRITE(8,912)  (U(KZ,JST(I),IST(I)) ,I-1,NSTA)
               10120  CONTINUE
               DO  10130  KZ=1,KM
               WRITE(8,912)  (V(KZ,JST(I),IST(I)),I-1,NSTA)
               10130  CONTINUE
Unit 11 -  This input file contains  the variable bottom topography provided by
           the user.  It is an unformatted sequential file containing HU,  HV,
           and HS  each dimensioned as (JM,  IM) . It is read in EHSMIR by:
               READ (11) HU.HV.HS.
           This unit  is required  if  IBTM=3  (IBTM is used in input file).
Unit 12 -  This is an unformatted sequential output file containing the grid
           parameters NS ,  MS,  JU1, JU2,  JV1, JV2 , IU1,  IU2, IV1,  and IV2.  It
           is read in EHSMII by:
               READ(12)  NS,MS
               READ(12)  JU1,JU2,JV1,JV2
               READ (12)  IU1,IU2,IV1,IV2
Unit 13 -  This is an unformatted sequential file that  stores the major
           species concentration  data at desired time instants.   It is created
           in EHSMDT  by:
               WRITE ( ICONC ) TIME , IT , FNAME ( 5 ) , FNAME ( 6 ) , IM , JM , KM , XREF ,
               ZREF.UREF.COR
               WRITE(ICONC) XS,XU,YS,YV,HU!HVJHS
              WRITE (I CONG) C
Unit 14 -  This file  contains  user -generated non-unifora grid when IGRID=1.
           It is created by
              WRITE (14) XU
              WRITE(14)YV
Unit 16 -  This is a  formatted sequential file  that contains the  run number
           and two indices needed for restarting a  run:
Unit 18 -  This is a  formatted sequential file  that stores  the salinity at
           selected stations and  time intervals.   It is  created in EHSMOT  by:
              WRITE(18,911) TIME, IT
              DO 10140 KZ - l.KM
              WRITE(18,912) (SA(KZ,JST(I),IST(I)), I-l.NSTA)
               10140 CONTINUE
                                     163

-------
Unit 20  -  This is the sequential file that contains the river inflow data at
           selected time instants.  It is read in EHSMRI by:
               DO  N -  l.NRIVER
               READ(20,*)  IDAY,IHOUR,URIVER(N),VRIVER(N)
               END DO
Unit IRQ - This is an unformatted sequential file that contains all the
           necessary information when initiating or restarting the run.  The
           structure of this file can be found in subroutine EHSMRF.
|Jnit IW  -  This is an unformatted sequential file that stores the major flow
           output data at desired time instants.   The structure of this file
           is similar to that of unit IRD file and is created in subroutine
           EHSMOT by:
               WRITE(IW)TIME1IT,FNAME(3),FNAME(4))IM,JM1KM>
               XREF,ZREF,UREF,COR,AVO
               WRITE(IW) XS, XU, YS, YV, HU, HS,  FMU, FWV, FMS,  FMSV
               WRITE(IW) U, V, W,  WW
               WRITE(IW) UI, VI
               WRITE(IW) S
               WRITE(IW) T
               WRITE(IW) SA
               WRITE(IW) GA,GB
               WRITE(IW) TBX.TBY
               WRITE(IW) QQQ, SL
Unit IWS - This is the output file for storing residual flow data and contains
           the same variable groups as the unit IRD and IRW  files.
Unit IR4 - This is the sequential file that contains the wind stress field at
           selected  time instants.
                                     164

-------
                                   SECTION 6

                        CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
      This report documents existing and developing programmatic needs in the
U.S. EPA for a stratified flow model to simulate complex flows in lakes,
estuaries, harbors, and coastal waters.  This model is needed to assist in
ecological assessments, risk assessments, and exposure predictions for
dissolved and sediment-bound contaminants.  The model is needed for estuary
studies to support the National Estuary Studies and wasteload allocations.
There is a need to assist in the clean up of contaminated sediments in the
Great Lakes and other lakes,  A number of research programs ranging from oil
spill initiatives to investigation of the effect of global climate change
could benefit from a simulation tool designed to determine circulation and
transport in lakes, estuaries, and near coastal marine waters.

      To meet these well defined needs, the U.S. EPA Environmental Research
Laboratory located at Athens, Georgia, has worked cooperatively with others to
document the hydrodynamics model, HYDR03D.  This model is a dynamic three
dimensional circulation model.  The model simulates water circulation,
dissolved solids or salinity, water temperature, and a dissolved species
concentration.  The model will also be used with the SED3D sediment
resuspension and dispersion model due to be completed in FY 1991 (see
Preface).

      HYDR03D has been tested in a number of estuaries and lakes.   In this
documentation, the model is used to simulate diverse water bodies that include
Prince William Sound in Alaska, Suisun Bay of the San Francisco Bay,  Charlotte
Harbor in Florida, Green Bay of Lake Michigan, and the Mississippi Sound in
the Gulf of Mexico.  In addition, these illustrative examples and other
hypothetical cases are reviewed to demonstrate the validity of the code and
the flexibility of the program to simulate different conditions.

      This documentation provides other important elements to aid the user as
well as establishing the validity and flexibility of the program.   This report
reviews the data required, and the form that the data must be transformed
into.  It reviews the structure of the program and provides information about
the derivation of the governing equations that form the basis of the  model.
From all of this,  one can conclude that a useful and necessary tool is
available to support U.S.  EPA studies and other environmental investigations.

      It should be noted,  however,  that this is a complex model that  may
require assistance beyond that available in the manual.   It is recommended
that potential users,  including program managers and applications  experts,
consult the Introduction (Section 1) and introduction to the major sections
for guidance on how best interpret and use this document.   For further
assistance,  contact the Center for Exposure Assessment Modeling (CEAM).  CEAM

                                     165

-------
can assist in the design of studies involving stratified flows, aid in the
development of data collection programs, and provide expert assistance in
implementing and interpreting the results for Superfund investigations and a
number of other different types of studies.
                                     166

-------
                                  REFERENCES
Ambrose, R.A., T.A. Wool, J.P. Connolly, R. W. Schanz, 1988.  WASP4, A
      Hydrodynamic and Water Quality Model--Model Theory, User's Manual,
      and Programmer's Guide, EPA/600/3-87/039, U.S. Environmental Protection
      Agency, Athens, Georgia.

Ambrose, R.A., Jr., and J.L., Martin, 1990. Technical Guidance Manual for
     Performing Waste Load Allocations, Book III: Estuaries, Part 1, Estuaries
     and Waste Load Allocation Models, U.S. EPA, Office of Water, Washington,
     D.C.

Ambrose, R.A., Jr., Martin, J.L., and McGutcheon, S.C., 1990, Technical
     Guidance Manual for Performing Waste Load Allocations, Book III:
     Estuaries, Part 2, Application of Estuarine Waste Load Allocation Models,
     U.S. EPA, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

ASCE Task Committee on Turbulence Models in Hydraulics Computations, 1988.
     Turbulence modeling of surface water flow and transport: Parts I to V,
     Journal of Hydraulics Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers,
     114(9), 970-1073.

Bird, R.B.,  R.C. Armstrong, and 0. Hassager,  1977.  Dynamics of Polymeric
     Liquids, Vol. 1, Fluid Mechanics, Wiley,  New York.

Blumberg, A. F. 1975. A Numerical Investigation into the Dynamics of Estuarine
     Circulation. Chesapeake Bay Institute Report No. 91, Baltimore MD.

Blumberg, A.F., 1986. Turbulent Mixing Processes in Lakes, Reservoirs,  and
     Impoundments, in Physics-Based Modeling of Lakes, Reservoirs,  and
     Impoundments, W.G. Grey, ed., American Society of Civil Engineers,  New
     York.

Bowden, K. F. and P.  Hamilton. 1975.  Some Experiments with a Numerical Model
     of Circulation and Mixing in a Tidal Estuary.  Est, Coastal Mar. Sci., 3,
     281.

Bowie,  G.L,  W.B, Mills, D.B, Porcella, C.L. Campbell, J,R. Pagenkopf,   G.L.
     Rupp, K.M. Johnson,  P.W.H. Chan, and S.A.  Gherini, 1985. Rates,
     Constants, and Kinetics Formulations in Surface Water Quality  Modeling,
     2nd Edition, EPA/600/3-85-040,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Athens, Georgia,
                                     167

-------
 Butler,  H.  L.  1978,  Coastal  Flood Simulation In Stretched Coordinates. Proc.
      16th  Coastal  Engineering Conference, ASCE, Hamburg, Germany.


 Chapra,  S.C.,  and  K.H. Reckhow, 1983.  Engineering Approaches for Lake
      Management, Volume 2: Mechanistic Modeling, Butterworth Publishers,
      Boston.

 Cheng, R.  T.,  and  T. J. Conomos, 1980. Studies of San Francisco Bay by the
      U.S.  Geological Survey, Institute of Environmental Sciences Proceedings,
      299-303.

 Cheng, R.  T.,  and  J. W. Gartner, 1984, Tides, Tidal and Residual Currents in
      San Francisco Bay, California - Results of Measurements, 1979-1980.  5-
      Part  Report,  U. S. Geological Survey Water Resources Investigation Report
      84-4339.

 Cheng, R.T., T.M.  Powell and T.M, Dillon, 1976. Numerical Models of Wind-
      Driven Circulation in Lakes, Appl. Math. Modeling 1, 141-159.

 Conomos, T. J. and others. 1978. Field and Modeling Studies of San Francisco
      Bay.  Coastal  Zone '78 Proceedings, ASCE.

 Cox,  R. A.  and others. 1967. The Electrical Conductivity/Chlorinity
      Relationship  in Natural Seal Water. Deep-Sea Research,  14, 203-220.

 Csanady, G.T., 1975.  Hydrodynamics of Large Lakes,  Ann, Rev, Fluid Mech,,  7,
      357-386.

 Doneker, R.L,, and G.H. Jirka,  1968,  CORMIX1: An Expert System for Mixing Zone
     Analysis  of Convential and Toxic Single Port Discharges, U.S. EPA Report
      EPA/600/3-88/013, Athens,  Georgia.

 Ekeart, C., 1958.  Properties of Water, Part II.  The Equation of State of
     Water  and Sea Water at Low Temperature and Pressure, American Journal  of
     Science,  256,  225-240.

 Fischer, H.B., List, E.J., Koh,  R.C.Y., Imberger,  J.,  and Brooks,  N.H.,  1979.
     Mixing In Inland and Coastal Waters. Academic Press, New York.

Goldstein,  S., 1960. Lectures on Fluid Mechanics,  Interscience London.

Grey, W.G., ed.,  1986.  Physics-Based Modeling of Lakes, Reservoirs,  and
     Impoundments,  American Society of Civil Engineers,  New  York.

Hansen, K.W.,  1974.  Calculation of Normal Modes for the American
     Mediterranean Seas,  Technical Report No.  26,  University of Chicago.

Heaps, N.S., C.H. Mortimer, and E.J.  Fee, 1982. Numerical Models and
     Observations of Water Motion in Green Bay, Lake Michigan.   Phil.  Trans.
     Royal Society of London, Series  A,  306,  371-398.
                                     168

-------
Henderson-Sellers, B.,  1982. A simple formula for vertical eddy diffusion
      coefficients under conditions of non-neutral stability, Journal of
      Geophysical Research, American Geophysical Union, 87(C8), 5860-5864.

Henderson-Sellers, B.,  1984. Engineering Limnology, Pitman, London.

Hinze, J.O.,  1959. Turbulence, 2nd Ed., McGraw-Hill , New York.

Jirka, G.H.,  1982. Multiport Diffusers for Heat Disposal - A Summary, American
      Society  of Civil Engineers Journal of the Hydraulics Division, Vol. 108.

Johnson, B.,  Y.P. Sheng, K. Kim, and R, Heath, 1989. Development of a Three
      Dimensional Hydrodynamic Model of Chesapeake Bay, Proceedings of the
      American Society of Civil Engineers Conference on Estuarine and Coastal
      Modeling, H.L. Spaudling and J.C. Swanson, Eds., American Society of
      Civil Engineers, In Press.

Kent, R. E.,  and D. W.  Pritchard, 1959. A Test of Mixing Length Theories in a
      Coastal  Plain Estuary, J. Mar, Res,,18, 62-72.

Kinnetics Laboratories,  Inc., 1981. In-Site Field Data Gathering Stations San
      Francisco-Delta Salinity Intrusion With Navigation Channels. KLI-81-1,
      Final Report to San Francisco District, U. S. Army Corps of Engineers.

Lai,  C., Flows of Homogeneous Density in Tidal Reaches; Solution by Method of
      Characteristics, U.S. Geological Survey Open File Report, 1965.

Leendertse, J.J., and S.-K. Liu, 1975. A Three-Dimensional Model for Estuaries
      and Coastal Seas: Volume II, Aspects of Computation, Rand Corp., Report
      R-1764-OWRT, prepared for the Office of Water Research and Technology,
      U.S. Department of  Interior, Santa Monica, California.

Lynch, D. R.  and W.G., Gray, 1978.  "Analytic Solutions for Computer Flow Model
      Testing" Journal of the Hydraulics Division,  American Society of Civil
      Engineers,  1409-1428.

Lynch, D.R.,  1986, Basic Hydrodynamic Equations for Lakes,  in Physics-Based
     Modeling of Lakes, Reservoirs, and Impoundments,  W.G.  Grey,  ed., American
      Society  of Civil Engineers, New York.

McCormick,  M.J.,  and Scavia, D., Calculation of vertical profiles of
      lake-averaged temperature and diffusivity in Lakes Ontario and
     Washington,  Water Resources Research,  17(2),  305-310.

McCutcheon, S.C., 1983. Vertical mixing in models  of stratified flow, in
     Frontiers in Hydraulic Engineering,  Proceedings of the Hydraulics
      Specialty Conf., American Society of Civil Engineers,  Cambridge, Mass.
      15-20.

McCutcheon, S.C., 1989. Water Quality Modeling,  Volume I Transport and Surface
     Exchange in Rivers, CRC Press,  Inc.,  Boca Raton,  Florida,
                                     169

-------
McCutcheon, S.C., D.-W. Zhu, Bird, S., 1990.  Chapter 5 Model Calibration,
     Validation and Use, Technical Guidance Manual for Performing Waste
     Load Allocations, Book III: Estuaries, Part 2: Application of Estuarine
     Waste Load Allocation Models, Ambrose, R.A,, Jr., Martin, J.L. and
     McCutcheon, S.C., Eds., U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of
     Water, Washington, D.C,

Miller, G.S., and J.H. Saylor, 1985. Currents and Temperature in Green Bay,
     Lake Michigan, J. of Great Lakes Res,, 11(2), 97-109

Moldin, R., and A.M. Beeton, 1970. Dispersal of Fox River Water in Green Bay,
     Lake Michigan, Proceedings of Thirteenth Conference on Great Lakes
     Resources, International Assoc. Great Lakes Res., 468-476

Monin, A.S., and A.M. Yaglom, 1971. Statistical Fluid Mechanics; Mechanics of
Turbulence, Vol. 1, The MIT Press, Cambridge.

Munk, W. H. and E. P. Anderson. 1948. Notes on the Theory of the Thermocline,
     J. Mar. Res,, I, 276-295.

Prandtl, L. 1925. Bericht uber untersuchungen zuraus-gebildete turbulenz, Zs,
     Angew. Math. Mech., 5(2), 136-139.

Patchen, R. C., and R. T. Cheng. 1979. Current Survey of San Francisco Bay by
     NOS/USGS, EOS, American Geophysical Union,  60, p. 843.

Platzman, G.W., 1972.  Two-Dimensional Free Oscillations in Natural Basins,
     J. Phys. Oceanography,  2(2), pp. 117-130.

Reid, R.O., and R.E. Whitaker, 1981.  Numerical Model for Astronomical Tides
     in the Gulf of Mexico,  Vol. I: Theory and Application, Dept.
     Oceanography, Texas A & M University, College Station, TX.

Reynolds, A.J., 1974. Turbulent Flows in Engineering, A Wiley, London, New
     York.

Richardson,  L.F., The supply of energy to and from atmospheric eddies,
     Proceedings of the Royal Society, Series A,  97,  354-373.

Roberts, P.J.W.,  1979. Line Plume and Ocean Outfall Dispersion,  American
     Society of Civil Engineers Journal of the Hydraulics Division,  Vol.  105.

Rodi, W., 1980. Turbulence Models and Their Application in Hydraulics,
     International Association for Hydraulic Research, Delft, The  Netherlands.

Rodi, W. , 1984. Examples of turbulence model applications, in Simulation of
     Turbulence Models and Their Applications, Vol.  2, Collection  de la
     Direction des Estudes et Recherches, Electricite de France, editions
     Eyrolles, Paris, France.

Schlichting,  H.,  1979, Boundary-Layer Theory,  McGraw-Hill, New York.


                                     170

-------
 Sheng, Y.P., 1975. Wind-driven Currents in Contaminant Dispersion in The
     Nearshore of Large Lakes, Ph.D. Dissertation, CASE Western Reserve
     University, Cleveland, OH.

 Sheng, Y.P., 1980. Modeling Sediment Transport in Shallow Waters, Estuarine
     and Wetland Processes with Emphasis on Modeling, P. Hamilton and K.B.
     Mocdonald, Ed.s, Plenum Press, 299-337.

 Sheng, Y.P., 1981. Modeling the Hydrodynamics and Dispersion of Sediments in
     the Mississippi Sound, Technical Report No. 455, Aeronautical Research
     Associates of Princeton, Princeton, NJ.

 Sheng, Y.P., 1982. Hydraulic Applications of a Second-Order Closure Model
     of Turbulent Transport, in Applying Research to Hydraulic Practice, P.
     Smith, Ed., American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 106-119.

 Sheng, Y.P., 1982. A Review on LA-LB Harbor Study, Technical Memo No. 82-11,
     Aeronautical Research Associates of Princeton, Princeton, NJ.

 Sheng, Y.P., 1983. Mathematical Modeling of Three-Dimensional Coastal Currents
     and Sediment Dispersion:  Model Development and Application, Technical
     Report CERC-83-2, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment
     Station, Vicksburg, MS.

 Sheng, Y.P,, 1984. A Turbulent Transport Model of Coastal Processes,
     Proceedings 19th International Conference on Coastal Engineering,
     American Society of Civil Engineers,  2380-2396.

 Sheng, Y.P., 1986a.  A Three-Dimensional Hydrodynamic Model in Generalized
     Curvilinear Coordinates, Technical Report 587, Aeronautical Research
     Associates of Princeton, Princeton, NJ.

 Sheng, Y.P., 1986b, Finite Difference Models for Hydrodynamic Lakes and
     Shallow Seas, in Physics-Based Modeling of Lakes, Reservoirs,  and
     Impoundments, W.G.  Grey, ed.,  American Society of Civil Engineers,  New
     York.

 Sheng, Y. P., 1987. On Modeling Three-Dimensional Estuarine and Marine
     Hydrodynamics, in Three-Dimensional Models of Marine and Estuarine
     Dynamics,  J.  C.  J.  Nihoul and B.  M. Jamart,  Eds., Elsevier,  35-54.

Sheng, Y.P. and W. Lick, 1979.   The Transport and Resuspension of Sediment in
     a Shallow Lake,  Journal of Geophysical Research,  Vol.  84,  pp.  1809-1826.

Sheng, Y. P. and W. Lick.  1980.  A Two-Node Free-Surface Numerical Model for
     the Three-Dimensional Time Dependent  Current in Large  Lakes, U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency,  Duluth MN.,  EPA-600/3-80-047,  62.
                                     171

-------
 Sheng, Y. P., W. Lick, R. T. Gedney, and F, B. Molls. 1978.  Numerical
     Computation of Three-Dimensional Circulation in Lake Erie; A comparison
     of a Free-Surface Model and a Rigid-Lid Model, J. Phys. Oceanography, 8,
     713-27.

 Sheng, Y. P., and H. Butler, 1982. Modeling Coastal Currents and Sediment
     Transport, Proc. IBth Coastal Engineering Conference, American Society of
     Civil Engineers Capetown, South Africa, pp. 1127-1148.

 Sheng, Y.P. and S.S. Chin, 1986. Tropical Cyclone Generated Currents, Proc. of
     the 20th International Conference on Coastal Engineering, American
     Society of Civil Engineers, 737-751.

 Sheng, Y. P., S.F. Parker and D.S. Henn. 1986. A Three-Dimensional Estuarine
     Hydrodynamic Software Model (EHSM3D), Aeronautical Research Associates of
     Princeton, Inc. Princeton, NJ 08543-2229.

 Sheng, Y.P., J.K, Chou and A.Y. Kuo, 1989a, Three Dimensional Numerical
     Modeling of Tidal Circulation and Salinity Transport in James River
     Estuary, Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers
     Conference on Estuarine and Coastal Modeling, M.L.  Spaudling and J.C.
     Swanson, Eds., American Society of Civil Engineers, In Press.

 Sheng, Y.P., H.K. Lee and K.H. Wang, 1989b. On Numerical Strategies of
     Estuarine and Coastal Modeling, Proceedings of the American Society of
     Civil Engineers Conference on Estuarine and Coastal Modeling (M.L.
     Spaudling and J.C. Swanson, Eds.),  American Society of Civil Engineers,
     In Press.

 Sheng, Y.P., V. Cook, S. Peene, D.  Eliason, P.F. Wang and S.  Schofield,  19B9c,
     A Field and Modeling Study of Fine Sediment Transport in Shallow Waters,
     Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers Conference on
     Estuarine and Coastal Modeling, M.L. Spaudling and J.C.  Swanson,  Eds.,
     American Society of Civil Engineers, In Press.

 Shureman,  P., 1941.  Manual of Harmonic Analysis and Prediction of Tides.
     U.S.  Department of Commerce,  Coast and Geodetic Survey,  Special Pub.  No,
     98.

 Smith, P.E.  and R.T.  Cheng,  1989.  Recent Progress on Hydrodynamic Modeling of
     San Francisco Bay, Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers
     Conference on Estuarine and Coastal Modeling, M.L.  Spaudling and J.C.
     Swanson, Eds., American Society of Civil Engineers, In Press.

 Smith, R.  A., 1980. Golden Gate Tidal Measurements,  1854-1978.  ASCE J.  of
     Waterways, Port, Coast and Ocean Division,  ,106,  WW3,  pp.  401-410.


Tennekes,  H. and J.L. Lumley,  1972. A First Course in Turbulence,  The MIT
     Press,  Cambridge.  Mass.

Turner, J.S., 1973. Buoyancy Effects in Fluids,  Cambridge  University Press.

                                     172

-------
U.S. EPA, 1985. Technical Support Document for Water Quality-based Toxics
     Control, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

White, P.M., 1974. Viscous Fluid Flow, McGraw-Hill,  New York.

Wright, S.J., 1977. Mean Behavior of Buoyant Jets in a Crossflow, American
     Society of Civil Engineers Journal of the Hydraulics Division,  Vol.  103.

Zakikhani, M.,  S. L. Bird, and S. C. McCutcheon,  1989.  Hydrodynamic and
     Sediment Transport Modeling of Green Bay, Lake  Michigan.
     Presented at 32nd Conference of International Association for Great
Lakes Research, Madison, Wisconsin.
                                     173

-------
            APPENDIX A




LIST OF SYMBOLS AND MAJOR VARIABLES
Symbol
T
U
V
P
™V » KV ' Dv
AH s Kg , DH
U
V
u
w
T
S
C
h
^sx i rsy
rbx'rsy
X
y
a
Mx

Pi

FORTRAN
label
S
UI
VI
R, RU
GA, GB
AH
U
V
w
ww
T
SA
C
HU,HV,HS
TX, TY
TBX, TBY
XS, XU
YS, YV
Z, SG
FMS, FMU

FMSV, FMV

Array Size
JM, IM
JM, IM
JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
KM, JM, IM
JM, IM
JM, IM
JM, IM
IM
JM
KM
IM

JM

Definition
Surface Displacement
Vertically- Integra ted velocity
Vertically- integrated velocity
Density
Vertical eddy coefficients
Lateral eddy coefficients
Velocity in x direction
Velocity in y direction
Vertical velocity in f direction
Vertical velocity in Z direction
Temperature
Salinity
Species Concentration
Depths
Wind Stresses
Bottom Stresses
X Position of f and u points
Y Position of f and v points
Z Position of u and w points
X-stretching coefficients at f and u
points
Y- stretching coefficients at f and v
points
                174

-------
                                  APPENDIX B




                     DERIVATION OF THE GOVERNING EQUATIONS

                      FOR A a-STRETCHED COORDINATE SYSTEM
     The governing equations for hydrodynamics can be expressed  in  terms  of

the a-stretched coordinates.  The following is an illustration of the

derivation for the continuity equation.



     The continuity equation in a stretched coordinates can be derived  from

the continuity equation in Cartesian coordinates (x,y,z), a definition  of the

a coordinate system, and the chain rule of differentiation.  The continuity

equation in Cartesian coordinates (x,y,z) is:




                       au   dv    9w  n                                   ,  ,.
                       — + — + — - 0                                   (A-l)
                       3x   3y    8z


The <7-stretched coordinate system is defined as follows;



                                  z-f(x,y;t)
                      a(x,y,x;t) = —	i—•	                          (A-2)
                                   H(x,y;t)



where H(x,y;t) -= h(x,y) + T(x,y;t) is the total instantaneous water depth,

The chain rule is:
                               8_   d_   da   3_

                                fiy"  dy   dy   do
                               _    _ 4.      _                           fA ^
                               9y " ay   3y  flf                           l   }



                                      dz
                                 w = —
                                      dt



                    w - — (f (x,y;t) -I- CT(x,y,z;t) H(x,y;t>
                        at


                               dr       ah      ch
                w -= Hu + (1+a) -^ + CT(U —  4 a — )                      (A- 5)
                              dt        crx      oy
                                      175

-------
where
                      da
                  «-dr                                                  (A-6)

     Substituting Equations 2 through 6 into Equation 1, we obtain  the
continuity equation in the new coordinate system  (x,y,f)


                         8jL + i.  (HU) + *- (Hv) + —  - 0               (A-7)
                          at   ox        3y        da

Non-dimensionalization is based on the definition of the following
nondimensional variables:
           (x*,y*)  - (x,y)/xr)
           (u*,v*)  - (u.v)/^)                                             (A-8)
                w* - wxr/ur
                f* -
                t* - tf
Substituting Equation (A-8) into (A-7) yeilds the continuity equation in the
non-dimensional form:
                                       9Hv        3w                      y  nx
                                           + jg H -— - 0                 (A-9)
                     at    ^  ax    ^  ay


     The Equation A-9 is the same as Equation 13 in Section 2.2.6 with ^x = py
= 1.  Following a similar approach, may obtain the non-dimensional forms of
the momentum equations in the (x,y,cr) coordinates as given in Equations 14 to
17 in Section 2.2.6.
                                     176

-------
                                   APPENDIX  C

                     CHARACTERISTIC TIME SCALES OF VARIOUS
                         PHYSICAL PROCESSES IN ESTUARIES
Physical                           Time                Order of
Process                            Scale               Magnitude

Periodic Forcing                    tf                  1/w

Convection                           tc                 ^r/^r

Inertia Oscillation                 ti                  1/f

Vertical Turbulent
Diffusion                      t^, t^,  tvds   Z,2, A^, Zrz/K,f, Zt2

Lateral Turbulent
Diffusion                      tedml ttdh,  ttds     Xj-VAHr.V/Kflr.XrVDHr
Gravity Wave                          tge              Xr/gZr

Internal
Gravity Wave                          tgi              Xr/A/5/p0

Ekman Layer
Diffusion                             te                 Zr/2f
                                      177

-------
                                  APPENDIX D

                  SAMPLE INPUT AND OUTPUT FOR THE  SIMULATION
                 OF WIND-DRIVEN CURRENTS IN AN ENCLOSED BASIN
     In this appendix a sample input/output is described to be used to examine
the code.  This test example solves a wind-driven currents in an enclosed
basin of 50 km x 50 km.  The depths at the north and south are 3 meters and
vary linearly to 10 meters at the central region of the basin.  A uniform wind
with speed of 9m/sec (1 dyne/cm2)  is blowing from east to west (toward the
negative x-axis) 1 dyne/cm2 starts blowing from a zero initial condition.   The
simulation stops after 24 hours.   The domain is divided into 10 x 10 uniform
grid cells in the horizontal plane.  The local depth is divided into 5 layers
with equal length.  The vertical eddy viscosity is assumed to be constant and
5Cn2/sec.  The boundary conditions  at  the  lateral boundaries and bottom are
assumed to be 'no slip' condition.  Starting with the action of the east wind,
the surface elevation reaches steady state within 24 hours (Figure 12),   In
this run the Coriolis effect is not considered and since the basin geometry is
symmetrical, the responses of currents and surface elevation also exhibit
symmetrical characteristics.
                                     178

-------

, , * *
4 ^ -* -
* -* -* -




i 4 * ^ > *





           3-D :  Slgmo - -0.9
                                               -•4~- «--
                                                  «,
                                   / *<*"           ^ 1
                                    v»•4::: *''
                                            > .,.^_<—I—i-
                                    -  - '	—-^-*-~»-«^4^l
                                                  * i
                                                    t
3-0 » Sigma -  -0.5
                                                             <~^_^

3-D : Sigma -  -0.I
• 4""*
M*
V —I

\«~,«-
• «~*



1 -*—»—*—»—*•-*-» »
> -»-»— 1_*-»-* -. i




           3-D ! Hcon
                                   42.6   CM/SEC
Fieure  78.   Steady-state  Wide-driven currents in an.  enclosed square  basin of
             50 km on each side; linearly varying bottom from 3 m  (South and
             North) to  10  m (at center)
                                      179

-------
              o
              LJ

              ill

              LJ
              O
              ft
              L.,
              IE
              LJ
              ct
              (t

              o —
                LJ
              LJ UJ
              O V
              (T ^
              u. n
              cc o

              io ~

              o;
              cr.
             ₯
             u
             CC
             IX

             R r,
                u
                in
             C
             O
             o
             m
             LC
             (C
                n
                LJ
                      WIND-DRIVEN  CURRENTS  IN RN ENCLOSED BflSIN
V
                                    a      12      is
                                       TIME (HOURS)
                                                           20
                                                                  24
\.
-A—4-


.•—•-4
                                    a      12      is
                                       TIME (HOURS!
                                                           20
                                                                  24
                            4




                         t  12, B)


                         <  (6,6)


                         i  110,6)
                     12       16

                TIME (HOURS)
                                                          20
                                                                  24
Figure  79.   Three-dimensional simulation of wind-driven  currents in  an

             enclosed  basin; results are for three grid points of (2,6),

             (6,6) and (10,6)
                                      180

-------
EXAMPLE INPUT DATA FILE




 FOR AN ENCLOSED BASIN

-------
                                                               TR
#1 ISTART(I4),TITLE(A64)  ***TITLE CARD***
   0  3-D RUN FOR SAMPLE RUN WITH WIND=-1 DYNE/CM**2 (1 DAY)
#2  XREF       ZREF  UREF     COR     GR     ROO    ROR    TO
*PHYSICAL CONSTANTS*
  1000000.   500.  10.   .00009  981.   1.  1.001   0.  20.
#3 IVLCY  IFI IFA  IFB  IFC  IFD  ICCl(icon)  ICC2(isal)  ICC3(itemp)
ICC4(isedi)
     1100010          0           0
0
#4: BVR   SI    S2    PR  PRV   TWE    TWH  FKB   TQO **TEMPERATURE
PARAMETERS
     1.  0.   0.   1.   1.    0.   0.   5.   0.
#5:   IVER   ICON  IUBO  IBL   IBR   JBM   JBP
IC1IC2JC1JC2ID1ID2JD1JD2*CONCEN. PARAMETERS*
      2    4    0   1   26  1   29  1. 10000. 1
0  0
#6: IEXP  IAV   AVR   AVI   AV2   AVM     AHR
PARAMETERS***
                                                  CREF   CMAX   CO

                                                 000000

                                                    ***TURBULENCE
#6As

f6B:
#7:
0
FM1
-.5
QCUT
.15
IWIND
0 5.
FM2
-1.5
ICUT
1
TAUX
0.
ZTOP
-.05
GAMAX
300.
TAUY
0 . 1 . :
SLMIN QQ
1.
GBMAX FZS
300. .10
***WIND P
10<
MI:
01

AR
                                    KSMALL
      0
            -1.
0.
#B:ISMALL IBTM ITB  HADD  HMIN  ZREFBN CTB
B C •
      1     250.    1.     5.   .004    .4
                                             BZ1
                                 HI

                                ,25
H2 **VERT

.75
#8A:ZREFTN TZ1 SSSO  ** MORE VERT B.C.**

       5.   .4   .0

#9: ITIDE IOPEN  JWIND   IJLINE    ***LATERAL B.C. FLAGS***

       0   0000    0       0
#10: IJGAGE IJDIR IJROW IJSTRT IJEND ***IF(IJLINE.GT.0), FOR EACH
IJLINE***
#11   (1)   (2)    (3)    (4)   (5)   (6)   (7)    (8)    (9)    (10)
***ISPAC(I),1=1,10***
      000-100000     0
#12   (1)   (2)    (3)    (4)   (5)   (6)   (7)
***JSPAC(I),1=1,10***
      01-100
#13   (1)   (2)    (3)     (4)
***RSPAC(I),1=1,10***
                              0.  .0    100.   1.   .25    4,
                               0010
                                (5)   (6)   (7)
                             (8)   (9)   (10)

                                 0
                              (8)    (9)    (10)
     .020  .1  .00001 -.0001
#14: ISTEP IT1 IT2 ITS DELT DELTMIN DELTMAX EPSILON BUFAC WTS WTU
WTV*TIMESTEP*

-------
       0    1  144  1  600.     1.      900.    .075    10.    1.  1.
1.
#15: ITEST  IP1 IP2  IP3  IPU IPW  IPA IPB ID  JPA JPB JD  KPA KPB
KD**PRINTOUT INFO**
       3    72  72  72  1   1   1   11  1  1  11  1   1   5   4
#16: IGI IGH IGT  IGS  IGU  IGW  IGC  IGQ IGL IGR IGRI IGTB**PRINTOUT
FORMAT FLAGS***
      1111111-1-1-1-1-1
#17: IRD  IW IWR  ICI IWC ICO   ISED  IWS  IREAD  IR4   ***DISCFILE
INFO***
      99100     0141     0     15

#18:    FNAME(6A4)                               ***3    DISCFILE
NAMES(FLOWIN f FLOWOUT,CONCENTRATION)* * *
6 6 sal 6 6 sal 6 6 sal
#197(1)  "(2)    (3)   (4)    (5)    (6)    (7)    (8)    (9)   (10)
***TBRK(I),TIMEBREAKS***
    240.  -480. -480. -480. -480. -480. -480. -480. -480. -480.
#20: NSTA NRANGE  NFREQ     ***TIMEFILE GAGE  STATIONS***

       50       2
#21+:IST(K)    JST(K)    KST(K)     STAT ID(K) ( 3 I 4 ,A48 )
***IF(NSTA.GT.O),STATION  INFO***
   261
   461
   661
   861
  10   6   1
#22: NRIVER    ***NUMBER OF  RIVERS***

  0
#22A:     IRIVER(K)   JRIVER(K)   LRIVER(K)   URIVER(K)   VRIVER(K)
***IF(NRIVER.GT.O)***
#23: (SAB(K),K=1,KM)**VERTICAL SALINITY PROFILE ALONG W,S,E,N (IF
ISALT.NE.O)**
#23A: NISS  **NUMBER OF STATIONS WITH INITIAL SALINITY DATA
#23B:(ISS(N),JSS(N),NDEPTH(N),TDEPTH(N),N=1,NISS)**I,J,NO.   OF
PTSfTOTAL DEPTH
#23C: (CONT'D) /  DEPTH   /  SALINITY  /
#24:   (TB(K),K=1,KM)      ***VERTICAL  TEMPERATURE   PROFILE   (IF
ITEMP.NE.O)***
#24A: NITT  **NUMBER OF STATIONS WITH INITIAL TEMPERATURE DATA
#24B:(ISST(N),JSST(N),NDEPTT(N),TDEPTT(N),N=1,NITT)*I, J,NO.OF
PTS,TOTAL DEPTH
#24C: (CONT'D) /  DEPTH   /  TEMPERATURE  /
#25:   (CB(K),K=1,KM)  ***VERTICAL   CONCENTRATION  PROFILE   (IF
ICC.NE.O)***
#25A: NISSS  **NUMBER OF  STATIONS WITH INITIAL  CONC. DATA
#25B: (ISSS(N) , JSSS(N) ,NDEPTHS(N) ,TDEPTHS(N) ,N=1,NISSS)*I,J,NO.OF
PTS,TOTAL DEPTH
#25C: (CONT'D) /  DEPTH   /  Dissolved CONC.  /
#26:    NCG    NCONST   XYR   XMONTH    XDAY    XHR    XMIN*TIDAL
PARAMETERS(ITIDE.NE.l SKIP  27THRU30)
      01      82     7   20    14   5

-------
#26A:   (NCST(I),I=1,NCONST)         ***INDEX  NUMBER  OF   TIDAL
CONSTITUENTS***
#26B: KNGAGE(J)   HO(J)    XLONG(J)(*)   ***IF NCG>0,READ 28,29,30
FOR J=1,NCG***
#27: (AMP(I,KNGAGE(J)),I=1,NCONST)   ***TIDAL AMPLITUDES***

#28: (XKAPPA(I/KNGAGE(J))/I=1/NCONST)   ***TIDAL  PHASES***

#29 : (TP(I),I=1,NCONST)      ***TABULAR TIDE DATA***

#30: J  NC  AMPW(J,NC)  PHW(J,NC)  CAW(J,NC)  AMPE(J,NC)  PHE(J,NC)
CAE(J,NC)
#31: I  NC  AMPS(I,NC)  PHS(I,NC)  CAS(I,NC)  AMPN(I,NC)  PHN(I,NC)
CAN(I,NC)
#32: NBAR  ***NUMBER OF THIN-WALL BARRIERS***
#32A: IJBDIR(I),IJBROW(I),IJBSTR(I),IJBEND(I)  ***IF NBAR.GT.0, FOR
EACH NBAR**
#33: IGRID    XMAP    ALREF    ALYREF  ***LATERAL GRID MAPPING***
       0       1.
#34:  NRG ALPHA1

#34A: LPR   A  B
IN X DIR***
#35:  NRG ALPHA1

#36: LPR   A   B
IN Y DIR***
#37:   IF(IBTM.EQ.2)    READ    ((HS(J,I),1=2,IM),J=2,JM)
* * *BATHYMETRY* * *
300.
300.
450.
450.
700.
700.
850.
850.
1000.
1000.
1000.
1000.
850.
850.
700.
700.
450.
450.
300.
300.
300.

450.

700.

850.

1000.

1000.

850.

700.

450.

300.

300.

450.

700.

850.

1000.

1000.

850.

700.

450.

300.

300.

450.

700.

850.

1000.

1000.

850.

700.

450.

300.

   5000000.   5000000.
 ***VARIABLE GRID MAPPING IN X DIR***

C   ***FOR EACH NRG, READ VARIABLE GRID MAPPING

 ***VARIABLE GRID MAPPING IN Y DIR***

C   ***FOR EACH NRG, READ VARIABLE GRID MAPPING

                                       (12F6.1)

             300.   300.   300.    300.    300.

             450.   450.   450.    450.    450.

             700.   700.   700.    700.    700.

             850.   850.   850.    850.    850.

             1000.   1000.  1000.   1000.   1000.

             1000.   1000.  1000.   1000.   1000.

             850.   850.   850.    850.    850.

             700.   700.   700.    700.    700.

             450.   450.   450.    450.    450.

             300.   300.   300.    300.    300.

-------
EXAMPLE OUTPUT DATA FILE




 FOR AN ENCLOSED BASIN

-------
***THREE-DIMENSIONAL MODEL OF:    3-D RUN FOR SAMPLE RUN WITH
WIND=-1 DYNE/CM**2 (1 DAY)           RUN:  135 DATE: 12-APR-90


  *THERMALLY HOMOGENEOUS  *NO   SALINITY *NO   SEDIMENT *NO
RIVER *NO   TIDE *NO   WIND *     OPEN BDRY*(IM,JM,KM)= 11 11  5
      ***** PHYSICAL CONSTANTS AND REFERENCE LENGTHS(IN CGS
UNITS):
        XREF        ZREF        UREF         COR         GR
   ROO         ROR         TO          TR
      l.OOOOE+06  5.0000E+02  l.OOOOE+01  9.0000E-05  9.8100E+02
l.OOOOE+00  1.0010E+00  O.OOOOE+00  2.0000E+01

      ***** FLAGS GOVERNING HYDRODYNAMIC EQUATIONS :
        IVLCY       ITEMP       ISALT        IFI         IFA
   IFB         IFC         IFD
          10010
    001
       ICC(l)      ICC(2)      ICC(3)      ICC(4)
          0000

      ***** TEMPERATURE PARAMETERS :
         BVR         SI          S2          PR          PRV
   TWE         TWH         FKB         TQO
      l.OOOOE+00  O.OOOOE+00  O.OOOOE+00  l.OOOOE+00  l.OOOOE+00
O.OOOOE+00  O.OOOOE+00  5.0000E+00  O.OOOOE+00

      ***** CONCENTRATION PARAMETERS :
        IVER        ICON        IUBO         IBL         IBR
   JBM         JBP        CREF        CMAX         CO
          2           4           0           1          26
    1          29       l.OOOOE+00  l.OOOOE+04  l.OOOOE+00
        IC1         IC2         JC1          JC2         ID1
   ID2         JD1         JD2
          00000
    000

      ***** TURBULENCE PARAMETERS :
        IEXP         IAV         AVR         AVI         AV2
   AVM         AHR
          0           0       5.0000E+00  O.OOOOE+00  O.OOOOE+00
l.OOOOE+00  l.OOOOE+04
         FM1         FM2        ZTOP        SLMIN       QQMIN
     -5.0000E-01 -1.5000E+00 -5.0000E-02  2.0000E-03  l.OOOOE-03

        QCUT        ICUT        GAMAX       GBMAX        FZS
 KSMALL
      1.5000E-01    1         3.0000E+02  3.0000E+02  l.OOOOE-01
   0

      ***** WIND PARAMETERS :

-------
        IWIND       TAUX        TAUY
          0      -l.OOOOE+00  O.OOOOE+00

      ***** VERTICAL BOUNDARY CONDITION PARAMETERS l
       ISMALL        ISF        ISIE        IBTM         ITB
          10025
        HADD        HMIN       ZREFBN        BZ1         HI
   H2         ZREFTN        TZ1        SSSO
      O.OOOOE+00  2.0000E-03  5.0000E+00  4.0000E-01  2.5000E-01
7.5000E-01  5.0000E+00  4.0000E-01  O.OOOOE+00

      ***** LATERAL BOUNDARY CONDITION PARAMETERS :
        IOPEN       ITIDE       JWIND      IJLINE
          0000

      ***** LATERAL BOUNDARY INFO :
          J        IJGAGE       IJDIR       IJROW      IJSTRT
  IJEND
      ***** ISPAC(I),1=1,10 :
          000-10
    00000

      ***** JSPAC(I),1=1,10 :
          01-100
    00100

      ***** KSPAC(I),I=1,10 ;
          00000
    00000

      ***** RSPAC(I),1=1,10 :
      2.0000E-02  l.OOOOE-01  l.OOOOE-05 -l.OOOOE-04  O.OOOOE+00
O.OOOOE+00  l.OOOOE+02  l.OOOOE+00  2.5000E-01  4.0000E+00

      ***** DERIVED D-LESS PARAMETERS:
         RB          EV          EH          FR          FRD
   DX          DY          DZ          DT          DTI
      1.1111E-01  2.2222E-01  1.1111E-04  1.4278E-02  4.5151E-01
5.0000E-01  5.0000E-01  2.0000E-01  5.4000E-02  5.4000E-02

      ***** DERIVED REFERENCE QUANTITIES:
        WREF        SREF        TAUR
      5.0000E-03  9.1743E-01  4.5000E-01

      ***** TIMESTEP INFORMATION :
        ISTEP        IT1         IT2         ITS        DELT
DELTMIN     DELTMAX
          0           1         144           1       6.0000E+02
l.OOOOE+00  9.0000E+02
       EPSILON       BUFAC        WTS         WTU         WTV
      7.5000E-02  l.OOOOE+01  l.OOOOE+00  l.OOOOE+00  l.OOOOE+00

-------
      ***** PRINTOUT INFORMATION :
m'c* c*m
TEST
3

JD

1

IGW

1

IGTB

-1
IP1
72

I PA

1

IGI

1

IGC

1

IP2
72

IPB
KPA KPB
11
1 5
IGH

1

IGQ

-1

IP3
72

ID
KD
1
4
IGT

1

IGL

-1

IPU
1

JPA

1

IGS

1

IGR

-1

IPW
1

JPB

11

IGU

1

IGRI

-1

      ***** DISCFILE INFORMATION :
         IRD         IW          IWR         ICI         IWC
  ICO         ISED         IWS        IREAD        IR4
          99100
    0          14           1           0          15

      ***** MAJOR DISCFILE NAME :
       UVINPUT      UVOUTPUT       SEDIMENT
      6_6_sal       6_6_sal        6_6_sal

      ***** TIMEBREAKS FOR MAJOR OUTPUT TO DISC :
        TBRK1       TBRK2       TBRK3       TBRK4       TBRK5
  TBRK6       TBRK7       TBRK8       TBRK9      TBRK10
      2.4000E+02 -4.8000E+02 -4.8000E+02 -4.8000E+02 -4.8000E+02
-4.8000E+02 -4.8000E+02 -4.8000E+02 -4.8000E+02 -4.8000E+02

      ***** TIMEFILE GAGE STATIONS : (NSTA,NRANGE,NFREQ) «=   5
0   2
                                                    STATIONID
STATION
1
2
3
4
5
1ST
2
4
6
8
10
JST
6
6
6
6
6
KST
1
1
1
1
1
      ***** HORIZONTAL DISTANCES AND SLOPES
             XMAP =           1.   ALREF =
      5000000.

      ***** x-DIRECTION
          CELL
5000000.   ALYREF

-------
NUMBER
XU FMS

1

0.0000000
2
1.00000

0.5000000
3
1.00000

1,0000000
4
1.00000

1.5000000
5
1.00000

2.0000000
6
1.00000

2.5000000
7
1.00000

3.0000000
8
1.00000

3.5000000
9
1.00000

4.0000000
10
1.00000

4.5000000
11
1.00000

FMU
FACE
CENTER
FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE
1
CENTER

FACE

NOT USED
NOT USED
1
.00000



.00000



.00000



.00000



.00000



.00000



.00000



.00000



.00000



.00000



                                                     xs
                                      IN COMPUTATION
                                      IN COMPUTATION
5.0000000             1.00000
      ***** y-DIRECTION:
          CELL
          NUMBER
YV       FMSV      FMV
                 FACE        NOT USED
            1   CENTER       NOT USED
                 FACE     1
0.0000000             1.00000
                                                  0.2500000
                                                  0.7500000
                                                  1.2500000
                                                  1.7500000
                                                  2.2500000
                                                  2.7500000
                                                  3.2500000
                                                  3.7500000
                                                  4.2500000
                                                  4.7500000
               YS
IN COMPUTATION
IN COMPUTATION

-------



0



1



1



2



2



3



3



4



4



2
1.00000

.5000000
3
1.00000

.0000000
4
1.00000

.5000000
5
1.00000

.0000000
6
1.00000

.5000000
7
1.00000

.0000000
8
1.00000

.5000000
9
1.00000

.0000000
10
1.00000

.5000000
11
1.00000

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE

CENTER

FACE
5.0000000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
                      1.00000
1.00000
      ***** z-DIRECTION:
               K          Z
                5     O.OOOOE+00
                4    -2.0000E-01
                3    -4.0000E-01
                2    -6.0000E-01
                1    -B.OOOOE-01
                 DZZ
              2.0000E-01
              2.0000E-01
              2.0000E-01
              2.0000E-01
              2.0000E-01
                                                  0.2500000
                                                  0.7500000
                                                  1.2500000
                                                  1.7500000
                                                  2.2500000
                                                  2.7500000
                                                  3.2500000
                                                  3.7500000
                                                  4.2500000
                                                  4.7500000
   SG
-l.OOOOE-01
-3.0000E-01
-5.0000E-01
-7.0000E-01
-9.0000E-01
         ***** DEPTHS AT CELL CENTERS (HS)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.0000E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.3333E-01
                           ************************

-------
                           *44444444444*
                           *66666666666*
                           *AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *66666666666*
                           *44444444444*
                           *44 -4 4444444 4*
                           ************************

         ***** DEPTHS AT D CELL FACES (HU)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.0000E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.3333E-01

                           ************************
                           *44444444444*
                           *66666666666*
                           * AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *66666666666*
                           *44444444444*
                           *44444444444*
                           ************************

         ***** DEPTHS AT V CELL FACES (HV)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.0000E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.3333E-01
                           *44444444444*
                           *55555555555*
                           *88888888888*
                           *BBBBBBBBBBB*
                           *DDDDDDDDDDD*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *DDDDDDDDDDD*
                           *BBBBBBBBBBB*
                           *88888888888*
                           *55555555555*
                           *44444444444*
                           ************************

         ***** SLOPES IN THE X-DIRECTION (AT U PTS)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  O.OOOOE+00          PLOT INCREMENT
O.OOOOE+00

-------
                       EMPTY FIELD  - NO PLOT  GENERATED
         ***** CURVATURES IN THE X-DIRECTION (U)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  O.OOOOE+00           PLOT  INCREMENT
O.OOOOE+00
                       EMPTY FIELD - NO PLOT  GENERATED
         ***** SLOPES IN THE Y-DIRECTION  (AT V PTS)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  l.OOOOE+00          PLOT  INCREMENT :
6.6667E-02

                           ************************
                           *                       *
                           *  -8-8-8-8-8-8-8-8-8-8*
                           *  —E—E—E—E—E—E—E—E—E—E*
                           *  -9_9_9_9_9_9_9_9_9-9*
                           *  _8_8-8-8-8-8-8-8-8-8*
                           *                       *
                           *   8888888888*
                           *   9999999999*
                           *   EEEEEEEEE  E*
                           *   8888888888*
                           *                       *
                           ************************

         ***** CURVATURES IN THE Y-DIRECTION  (V)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  1.2000E+00          PLOT  INCREMENT :
8.0000E-02
                           *   CCCCCCCCCC*
                           *	*
                           *  -5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5*
                           *   777*7*7'7*7*7*7  *7 *
                              ~~,i~~,i~~,j~~,j~~jm~»j~~*j~~j~~jm~,j «
                           *  -E-E-E-E-E-E-E-E-E-E*
                           *  _7_7_7_7_7_7_7_7_7_7*
                           *  _5_5_5_5_5-5_5-5_5_5*
                           *   ,	*
                           *   CCCCCCCCCC*
                           *                       *
                           ************************

         ***** MOD DEPTHS AT CELL CENTERS  (HS)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.0000E+00          PLOT  INCREMENT
1.3333E-01

                           ************************
                           *44444444444*
                           *66666666666*

-------
                           *AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *66666666666*
                           *44444444444*
                           *44444444444*
                           ************************

         ***** MOD DEPTHS AT U CELL FACES (HU)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS!  2.0000E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.3333E-01

                           ************************
                           *44444444444*
                           *66666666666*
                           *AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *CCCCCCCCCCC*
                           *AAAAAAAAAAA*
                           *66666666666*
                           *44444444444*
                           *44444444444*
                           ************************

         ***** MOD DEPTHS AT V CELL FACES (HV)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.0000E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.3333E-01

                           ************************
                           *44444444444*
                           *55555555555*
                           *88888888888*
                           *BBBBBBBBBBB*
                           *DDDDDDDDDDD*
                           *EEEEEEEEEEE*
                           *DDDDDDDDDDD*
                           *BBBBBBBBBBB*
                           *88888888888*
                           *55555555555*
                           *44444444444*
                           ************************
         ***** NS
12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345
678901234567890

   11     02111111115
   10     02111111115

-------
    9     02111111115
    8     02111111115
    7     02111111115
    6     02111111115
    5     02111111115
    4     02111111115
    3     02111111115
    2     02111111115
    1     00000000000
         ***** MS ARRAY
12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345
678901234567890

   11     05555555555
   10     01111111111
    9     01111111111
    8     01111111111
    7     01111111111
    6     01111111111
    5     01111111111
    4     01111111111
    3     01111111111
    2     02222222222
    1     00000000000

 JU1 JU2 JV1 JV2  I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
 IU1 IU2 IV! IV2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

-------
TX

      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.2222E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.4815E-01

                           ************************
                           *_F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F*
                           *_F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F*
                           *_F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F*
                           *_F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F*
                           *_F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F*
                           *_F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F*
                           *_F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F*
                           *_F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F*
                           *_F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F-F*
                           *_F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F—F*
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*
                           ************************

TY

      MAXIMUM MODULUS;  1.2340E-07          PLOT INCREMENT
8.2267E-09

                           ************************
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           ************************
HU AT (1,2):0.6000E+00

     BZO
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  4.0000E-01          PLOT INCREMENT
2.6667E-02

                           ************************
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*

-------
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
                           *XX FFFFFFFFFF*
     B20U
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  4.0000E-01          PLOT INCREMENT
2.6667E-02
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *FFFFFFFFFFF*
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
                           ************************

** TIME INDEX =   72        ** TIME -   12.0000  HOURS

 SSUM =      2.58684158E-05  :  SASUM =      0.OOOOOOOOE+00


SURFACE ELEVATION

      MAXIMUM MODULUS;  5.8933E+00          PLOT INCREMENT ;
3.9289E-01

                           ************************
                           *XX F A 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-D*
                           *XX D 9 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-C*
                           *XX C 9 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-B*
                           *XX C 8 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-A*
                           *XX B 8 6 3 1-1-4-6-8-A*
                           *XX B 8 6 3 1-1-4-6-8-A*
                           *XX C 8 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-A*
                           *XX C 9 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-B*
                           *XX D 9 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-C*
                           *XX E A 6 3 1-1-4-6-9-D*
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
 X MASS FLUX (UI)

      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.2921E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.5280E-01

                           ************************
                           *  _5_7_8-8-8-8-8-7-5  *
                           *  -5-8-9-A-A-9-8-7-4  *

-------
                           *  -.-.-1-1-1-1-1-.-.  *
                           *   355555542  *
                           *   8CEEEEDB7  *
                           *   8CEEEEDB7  *
                           *   355555542  *
                           *  -.-.-1-1-1-1-1-.-.  *
                           *  -5-8-9-A-A-9-8-7-4  *
                           *  -5-7-8-8-8-8-8-7-5  *
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*
                           ************************
Y MASS FLUX (VI)
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  1.8115E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
1.2077E-01

                           ************************
                           *xx                    *
                           *XX-7-3-.-.-. . .126*
                           *XX-E-6-2-.-. . 1 3 6 C*
                           *XX-F-6-3-l-. . 1 3 6 D*
                           *XX-A-5-2-.-. . 1249*
                           *xx . .-.-.-.-.-.-. .-.*
                           *XX A 5 2 .  .-.-1-2-4-9*
                           *XX E 6 3 1  .-.-1-3-6-D*
                           *XX E 6 2 .  .-.-1-3-6-C*
                           *XX 73..  .-.-.-1-2-6*
                           *XX                    *
                           ************************

U-VELOCITY IS

 K =  1
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  1.1710E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
7.8066E-02

                           ************************
                           *  -3-7-8-9-9-9-8-7-4  *
                           *   3 .-1-2-3-2-1 1 3  *
                           *   BAAA99AA9  *
                           *   DCCCCCCCA  *
                           *   FEEEEEEEB  *
                           *   EEEEEEEEB  *
                           *   DCCCCCCCA  *
                           *   BAAA99AA9  *
                           *   3 .-1-2-3-2-1 1 3  *
                           *  -3-7-8-9-9-9-8-7-4  *
                           *XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX*

 K =  5
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  4.1082E+00          PLOT INCREMENT
2.7388E-01

                           ************************

-------
                           *  -A-D-E-E-E-E-E-D-A
                           *  -B-D-D-E-E-D-D-B-9
                           *  _9_9_9_g_9_9_9_9_8
                           *  _g_7_7_7_7_7_7_8-8
                           *  -9-6-5-5-5-5-6-7-7
                           *  _9_6-5-5-5-5-6-7-7
                           *  _g_7_7_7_7_7_7_8-8
                           *  -B-D-D-E-E-D-D-B-9
                           *  -A-D-E-E-F-E-E-D-A
                           * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
                           ************************
V-VELOCITY

 K =  1
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
4.6765E-02
7.0147E-01
PLOT INCREMENT
 K =  5
      MAXIMUM MODULUS;
1.3188E-01
                           ************************
*xx
*XX-D-7-2-.~. .
*XX-E-7-3-l-. .
*XX-B-4-2-.-. .
*XX-6-2-l-.-. .
*XX-. .-.-.-.-.
*
. 2 6 C*
1 3 5 D*
. 1 3 A*
.126*
_ _ *
                           *XX 621.
                           *XX B 4 2  .
                           *XX E 7 3  1
                           *XX D 7 2  .
                           *XX
                ,-.-.-1-2-6*
                .-.-.-1-3-A*
                .-.-1-3-5-D*
                .-.-.-2-6-C*
                          *
                           ************************
1.9781E+00
PLOT INCREMENT
                           ************************
*xx
*XX-A-4-l-
*XX-E-5-2-
*XX-B-4-2-
*XX-6-2-l-
*xx - -
*XX 621
*XX B 4 2
*XX F 5 2
*XX A 4 1
*XX
*
.-. . . 1 4 B*
. . . 1 3 7 E*
. . . 1 3 6 A*
. . .1246*
*
._._. -1-2-4-6*
.-.-.-1-3-6-A*
.-.-.-1-3-7-E*
. .-.-.-1-4-B*
*
W-VELOCITY IS

 K =  1
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
3.6162E-01
PLOT INCREMENT

-------
2.4108E-02
                           ************************
*XX-A
*XX-E
*XX-E
*XX-E
*XX-E
*XX-F
*XX-E
*XX-A
1 1 .
1 . .
2 . .
3 . .
3 . .
2 . .
1 . .
1 1 .
.-.-.-1-1
.-.-.-. 1
.-.-.-. 1
.-.-.-. 1
._._._. i

.-.-.-1-1
. . . . 1
9*
r*
r*
A*
A*
r*
r*
9*
6*
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
                           ************************
 K =  5
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
8.2267E-09
1.2340E-07
PLOT INCREMENT
                           ************************
                           *XX                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
                           ************************

** TIME INDEX -  144        ** TIME =   24.0000  HOURS

 SSUM =      7.93933868E-05  i  SASUM =      O.OOOOOOOOE+00
SURFACE ELEVATION

      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
3.9861E-01
5.9791E+00
PLOT INCREMENT
                           ************************
                           *XX E A 6 3
                           *XX D 9 6 3
                           *XX C 8 6 3
                           *XX B 8 6 3
                           *XX B 8 6 3
                           *XX B 8 6 3
                           *XX B 8 6 3
                           *XX C 8 6 3
                           *XX D 9 6 3
                           *XX F A 6 3
                -1-4-6-9-C*
                -1-4-6-9-C*
                •1-4-6-9-B*
                -l_4_6-8-A*
                -1-4-6-8-A*
                •1-4-6-8-A*
                .1-4-6-8-A*
                .1-4-6-9-B*
                •1-4-6-9-C*
                •1-4-6-9-C*

-------
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
                           ************************

 X MASS FLUX (UI)

      MAXIMUM MODULUS!  3.0327E+00          PLOT INCREMENT  :
2.0218E-01

                           ************************
                           *  -4_5_6_6-6-6-6-6-4  *
                           *  -6-8-9-9-9-9-8-6-4  *
                           *  -1-2-2-2-2-2-2-1-1  *
                           *   344444331  *
                           *   9DEEEEDB7  *
                           *   9DEFEEDB7  *
                           *   344444331  *
                           *  -1-2-2-2-2-2-2-1-1  *
                           *  -g-8-9-9-9-9-8-6-4  *
                           *  _4_s_6-6-6-6-6-6-4  *
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*
                           ************************

Y MASS FLUX (VI)

      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  2.5646E+00          PLOT INCREMENT  :
1.7098E-01

                           ************************
                           *xx                    *
                           *XX-4-2-.-.-. ... 2 5*
                           *XX-C-4-l-.  . .1259*
                           *XX-F-5-2-.  . . 1 3 6 B*
                           *XX-B-4-l-.  . .1248*
                           *xx-. .-.-.  .-. .-. . .*
                           *XX B 4 1  .-.-.-1-2-4-8*
                           *XX E 5 2  .-.-.-1-3-6-B*
                           *XX C 4 1  .-.-.-1-2-5-9*
                           *XX 42..  .-.-.-.-2-5*
                           *XX                    *
                           ************************

U-VELOCITY IS

   K*~.  -I
   ~™  JL
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:  1.2088E+00          PLOT INCREMENT  :
8.0586E-02

                           ************************
                           *  -2-7-8-8-9-9-8-8-4  *
                           *   1-3-5-5-5-5-4-1 2  *
                           *   A99999998  *
                           *   CCCCCCCBA  *
                           *   EEEEEEEEB  *
                           *   EEEEEEEEB  *

-------
 K =  5
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
3.0329E-01
                           *   CCCCCCCBA  *
                           *   A99999998  *
                           *   1-3-5-5-5-5-4-1 2  *
                           *  -2-7-8-8-9-9-8-8-4  *
                           *XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX*
                           ************************
4.5494E+00
PLOT INCREMENT
                           ************************
                           *  -9-C-D-D-D-D-D-C-9  *
                           *  -C-E-E-E-E-E-D-B-9  *
                           *  _g_9_9_A-9-9-9-9-8  *
                           *  _B-fi-6-6-6-6-7-7-7  *
                           *  _g_3_3_3_3_3_4-5-6  *
                           *  -6-3-3-3-3-3-4-5-6  *
                           *  -8-6-6-6-6-6-7-7-7  *
                           *  -9-9-9-A-9-9-9-9-8  *
                           *  -C-E-E-E-E-E-D-B-9  *
                           *  -9-C-D-D-D-D-D-C-9  *
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
                           ************************
V-VELOCITY

 K -  1
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
5.4502E-02
 K =  5
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
1.6339E-01
8.1753E-01
PLOT INCREMENT
                           ************************
*xx
*XX-B-6-2-.-.
*XX-E-7-3-l-.
*XX-C-4-l-.-.
*XX-7-2-.-.-.
*
. . 1 5 B*
. 1 3 6 B*
. .139*
. ,127*
                           *XX-	-. .-.-. .*
*XX 7 2
*XX C 4 1 .
*XX F 7 3 1
*XX B 6 2 .
*XX
._._, -1-2-7*
..... -1-3-9*
*
                           ************************
2.4508E+00
PLOT INCREMENT t
                           ************************
*XX
*XX-8-3-l-.-. .
*XX-E-4-l-. . .
*XX-C-3-l-. . .
*XX-7-2-.-. . .
*xx . .-.-. .-.
*
.149*
1 3 7 C*
1 3 6 A*
1247*
_ _ *

-------
                           *XX 7 2 .
                           *XX C 3 1
                           *XX E 4 1
                           *XX 831
                           *XX
             ,-.-.-1-2-4-7*
             .-.-.-1-3-6-A*
             .-.-.-1-3-7-C*
             ,  .-.-.-1-4-9*
                          *
                           ************************
W-VELOCITY IS


 K =  1
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
2.3619E-02
3.5428E-01
PLOT INCREMENT
                           ************************
 K =  5
      MAXIMUM MODULUS:
8.2267E-09
*XX-9-l-,
*XX-A 1- ,
*XX-E 2 ,
*XX-E 2 ,
*XX-D 3 ,
*XX-D 3 ,
*XX-F 2 ,
*XX-E 2 ,
*XX-A 1-,
*XX-9-l-,
— — 1
.-. . . .-.-2

, . . .-.-. 1
. . .-.-.-. 1
. . .-.-.-. 1
, . . .-.-. 1

.-. . . .-.-2
,-.-. . . . 1
6*
8*
C*
r*
A*
A*
C*
r*
8*
6*
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*
                           ************************
1.2340E-07
PLOT INCREMENT
                           *XX                    *
                           *XX                    *
                           *XX                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xx                    *
                           *xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*
                           ************************
***** MAXIMUM STEP REACHED : IT
            144

-------
         NEEL-ATH-1Z85
                               TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                        (Plate rectf Inttntcliont on ih? reverse be fate completing)
\, REPORT NO,
  600/R-99/Q49
                                                           3, BtClH fcW 1 'S ACCtSSi ON NO.
4, TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 Three  Dimensional Hydro dynamic  Model for Stratified
 Flows  itt Lakes and Estuaries  (HYDR03D)
                                                               OATt
                                                         June
                                                        6-PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7.AUTHOWS)  y.  Peter sheng, Mansour
Steven  C.  McCutcheon, E.Z- Hosseinipour,  Pei-Fang
                                                           B. CEHFQHMING ORGANIZATION Ri-FQ-HT NO
Donalj. Eliasqn,. D.^j	
P. PERFORMING ORGANi£ATic»N
  University  of FLorida
  Gainesville,  FL
                           ANS
                                      Parker.E.
                                                       ihL.
                                                           i u. PROGRAM
                                                                            no.
                                                           11. CONTKACT^GrtANT (VO.
12. SFONSOfllNO AGENCY NAME AND AODH6SS
 Ecoaystems  Hesearch Division - Athens,  GA
 Office  of  Research and Development
 U.S, Environmental Protection Agency
 Athens,  GA    30605-2700
                                                        13. t YP6 OF HfcPORT ANOPERlOO tOVE RE D
                                                        14, SPONSORING AGEFVCY CODE
                                                           iiFA/600/01
15. SUPPLEM£h|TAflY NOTE?
16. ABSTHACT
        Increasing dtmatida tar maintaining  the quality of stratified  surface waters
at reasonable  levels ha^e required the development of threo-dicietisior^al hydTodymsfiiit
models.  To meet  these needs, the HYUR03D  prograji lias been documented  to aid in the
simulation of  lakes, harbors, coastal areas,  stt<1  eptuar.ies.
        HnCDROSl} is a dynamic modeling system that  can be used to simulate currents in
water bodies as they respond to tides, winos, density gradients, river flows,  and
basin geometry arid bathymetry.  The code is a three-dimensional, time-dependent,
o-stretehed coordinate >  free surface tcodel that  can be run in irully  three-d ioiensiuiia
(3-B) mode, two-dimensional vertically^averaged  (x-y), snd tvo-dlT^ensional laterally
averaged X-Z made.
        Thf, applications  provided here demonstrated that tfre model is depable of
realistic simulation of  flow and salinity  transport in complex and dynamic water
bodies.  These applications include simulations of tidal circulation and salinity
transport in Sulsiin Bay> California and Charlotte Harbor, Florida and  wind-Toreed
circulation in Green Bay, Lake Hichigaii.   Tidal circulation in Prince  William  Sound,
Alaska was investigated  to determine the feasibility of applying the model under
emergency conditions.  Finally,  the calibration ot Che model for the Mississippi
Sound is illustrated.
                               KFV WORM AN& DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
  Water Quality
  HYDR03TD
  Mode1ing
  Estuaries
  Lakes
                                                       S/OPEN ENC1ED TERM'S
                                                                        C.  CO SAT I
             STATEMENT

 RELEASE TO PUBLIC
                                              18, SECURITY CLASS {ThisReport,
                                              ^CLASSIFIED	  	
                                              ZO. SECUHIT V CLASS /
                                              UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                     •31. NO. OF CAGES
                                                                        223
                                                                     SB. PRICE
Fwm 3120-
              T. 4-77)   PREVIOUS

-------